jpmnt volume 1 issue 1 2013

125

Upload: jpmnt

Post on 14-Apr-2015

580 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

Journal of Process Management – New Technologies

TRANSCRIPT

Page 2: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | i http://japmnt.com/

JOURNAL OF PROCESS MANAGEMENT –

NEW TECHNOLOGIES

Company for consulting and engineering MAPRO from Vranje, Serbia, publishes

PROCESS MANAGEMENT - NEW TECHNOLOGIES and offers membership and cooperation

for writing scientific papers that, after review and proofreading published under instruction that is

attached.

Company was established in 1990. as a marketing project aimed at public opinion polls and

market trends in the area of southern Serbia. Cooperation with young people especially students and

young entrepreneurs in the pioneer period, the appearance of entrepreneurship in our country, for

the introduction and development of marketing management, and application of new knowledge in

economic practice and the creation of conditions for sustainable development, environmental

awareness and health education. Statistical monitoring trends and developments investments and

measure the effects of changes investment. Special whether additional review is to discover and use

new resources in an optimal manner with the use of new technologies.

The aim of publishing this magazine is to engage researchers and scientists, from all parts of

the world, to his knowledge, both theoretical as well as practical in writing concentrated more on

one site in the form of publications, which will contribute to their greater recognition and the

development of economy and society. Management process of new technology permeates all

aspects of social life which is a huge area of coverage through this magazine.

Sincerely,

Prof. PhD Predrag Trajković

Kompanija za konsalting i inženjering MAPRO iz Vranja izdaje časopis MENADŽMENT

PROCES – NOVE TEHNOLOGIJE pa Vam nudi saradnju za članstvo i pisanje naučnih i stručnih

radova koje, posle recenzije i lekture objavljuje shodno uputstvu koje je u prilogu .

Komapanija je osnovana 1990. godine kao marketing projekt sa ciljem istraživanja javnog

mnjenja i tržišnih kretanja na prostoru Južne Srbije. Saradnja sa mladim osobama posebno

studentima i mladim privrednicima u pionirskom periodu pojave preduzetništva kod nas, za

upoznavanje i razvoj marketing menadžmenta, kao i primene novih saznanja u privrednoj praksi te

stvaranje uslova za održivi razvoj, podizanje ekološke i zdravstvene kulture. Statistička praćenja

tendencije kretanja ulaganja i merenje promene efekata te opravdanost dodatnih ulaganja. Poseban

osvrt je na otkrivanje i korisćenje novih resursa na optimalan način uz primenu novih tehnologija.

Cilj izdavanja ovog časopisa je animiranje istraživača i naučnih radnika, sa svih prostora

sveta, da svoja saznanja, kako teoretska, tako i praktična u pisanoj formi koncentrišu na jednom

mestu u vidu publikacije, što će doprineti njihovoj većoj afirmaciji i razvoju privrede i društva.

Menadžment proces novih tehnologija prožima sve pore društvenog života što čini ogroman prostor

obuhvatnosti rada kroz ovaj časopis.

S poštovanjem,

Prof. dr Predrag Trajković

Address of the editorial Board: Filipa Filipovica 28, 17501 Vranje, Serbia

Phone/Fax: +381 17 413 586, +381 17 432 278

Web: www.japmnt.com

E-mail: [email protected]

Page 3: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | ii http://japmnt.com/

A S S O C I A T E E D I T O R S

Editor PhD Predrag Trajković

Execute editor PhD Svetlana Trajković

Secretary Snežana Manasijević Milkić, Masters of Laws

Technical editor PhD Lazar Stošić

Lector Maja Kostić M.A. in English Language and Literature

Lector Ana Stanković M.A. in English Language and Literature

R E V I E W E R B O A R D M E M B E R S

Academic Angel Džambazovski, Macedonia

Academic Radenko S. Krulj, Serbia

PhD Alla Belusova, Russia

PhD Aneta Barakoska, Macedonia

PhD Biljana Petrevska, Macedonia

PhD Dušan Jarić Serbia

PhD Emanuel Soare, Romania

PhD Gabriela Paula Petruta, Romania

PhD Hemanta К. Baruah, India

PhD Jelena Maksimović, Serbia

PhD Jurka Lipičnik Vodopivec, Slovenia

PhD Ka Lok Man, China

PhD Vitus Lam, Hong Kong

PhD Mitrička Stardelova, Macedonia

PhD Miroslav Pavlović, Serbia

PhD Nada Živanović, Serbia

PhD Oksana Baruskova, Russia

PhD Radovan Ilić, Serbia

PhD Ranjan Upadhyaya, India

PhD T. C. Manjunath, India

PhD Vera Naumovska, Macedonia

Page 4: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | iii http://japmnt.com/

CONTENTS

PAGE 1 – 6

Paper 1: Construction of normal fuzzy numbers: a case study with earthquake waveform data

Authors: Dhruba Das, Anamika Dutta, Supahi Mahanta, Hemanta K. Baruah

PAGE 7-13

Paper 2: The exact definition of fuzzy randomness: An application of the mathematics of partial

presence

Authors: Supahi Mahanta, Rituparna Chutia, Hemanta K. Baruah

PAGE 14-19

Paper 3: Computer security and security technologies

Authors: Lazar Stošić, Dragan Veličković

PAGE 19-26

Paper 4: Economic research and analysis of national economy

Authors: Stanka Đurić, Ljiljana Mihajlović Stošić

PAGE 27-33

Paper 5: Small business – alternative to unemployment reduction in economy under recession

Authors: Trajković Svetlana, Trajković Predrag, Milan Ivanković

PAGE 34-43

Paper 6: Consumer’s emotional influence & visual merchandising effects: shopping malls

recession

Authors: Ranjan Upadhyaya, Govind Nath Srivastava

PAGE 44-48

Paper 7: Employer brand and analysis of individual potential

Authors: Ljiljana Stošić Mihajlović,

PAGE 49-56

Paper 8: Tourist profile of young-adults in Macedonia and their perception of e-tools

Authors: Biljana Petrevska

PAGE 57-64

Paper 9: Brands and branding - example: Coca-Cola

Authors: Ljiljana Stošić Mihajlović

PAGE 65-72

Paper 10: Managing environmental policy for tourism development

Authors: Margarita Matlievska, Biljana Petrevska

PAGE 73-77

Paper 11: Mobility skills condition in Macedonia among youth in high school

Authors: Angel Dzhambazovski, Mitrichka Ks. Stardelova, Nevenka Panovska, Selim Alili,

Kjamilj Elmazi

Page 5: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | iv http://japmnt.com/

PAGE 77-81

Paper 12: Kinesiology in function of the skeletal-muscle deformation prevention at school age

Authors: Mitrichka Ks. Stardelova, Dimitrinka K. Conkova, V. Krstevska, Nevenka Panovska,

Selim Alili, Angel Dzhambazovski

PAGE 82-86

Paper 13: Toxic effects of chloropicrin and impact of sorbed water steam on protection

Authors: Milena Nikolić, Mladen Nikolić, Dragan Nikolić

PAGE 87-92

Paper 14: Effects of atropine sulfate after poisoning with organophosphorus compounds

Authors: Milena Nikolić, Mladen Nikolić

PAGE 93-96

Paper 15: Harmful effects and monitoring of noise

Authors: Mladen D. Nikolić, Dragan M. Nikolić, Fortuna Dragutin

PAGE 97-104

Paper 16: Methods for ecological design of technical processes and systems

Authors: Slobodan Stefanović, Nadezda Šubara, Radoje Cvejić, Jasmina Stojiljković

PAGE 105-110

Paper 17: Analysis of monitoring of connection between reengineering economic parameters in

small and medium enterprises using the method of creating optimal questionnaire

Authors: Slobodan Stefanović, Dragoslav Ilić, Nataša Bogavac-Cvetković, Radica Pavlović

PAGE 111-116

Paper 18: Detection of radiation contamination obtained by the depleted uranium ammunition in

field conditions

Authors: Mladen D. Nikolić, Fortuna Dragutin , Dragan M. Nikolić

Page 6: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 1 http://japmnt.com/

CONSTRUCTION OF NORMAL FUZZY NUMBERS: A CASE STUDY

WITH EARTHQUAKE WAVEFORM DATA

Dhruba Das

Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India.

[email protected]

Anamika Dutta

Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India.

[email protected]

Supahi Mahanta

Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India.

[email protected]

Hemanta K. Baruah

Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India.

[email protected]

Abstract: This article demonstrates that a normal

fuzzy number can be constructed from earthquake

waveform data. According to the Randomness-

Fuzziness Consistency Principle, two independent laws

of randomness in [α, β] and [β, γ] are necessary and

sufficient to define a normal fuzzy number [α, β, γ]. In

this article, we have shown how to construct normal

fuzzy numbers using data from earthquake waveform

and have studied the pattern of the membership curve

of the waveform.

Keywords: Superimposition of Sets, Distribution

Function, Membership function.

1. Introduction

A fuzzy real number [α, β, γ] is an interval

around the real number β with the elements in

the interval being partially present. Partial

presence of an element in a fuzzy set is

defined by the name membership function.

Based on the Randomness- Fuzziness

Consistency Principle (Baruah, 2010, 2011a,

2011b, 2011c, 2012), in this article we shall

show how to construct normal fuzzy numbers

using the data of minimum and maximum

amplitudes of every individual oscillation of

the waveform of an earthquake that had

occurred in the city of Guwahati on May 25,

1998.

The basic problem in constructing normal

fuzzy numbers was the lack of understanding

as to how exactly to define partial presence of

an element in an interval. Indeed, various

explanations regarding the possible

relationship between probability and

fuzziness have come up, and no concrete

conclusion could be arrived at. Partial

presence of an element in a set is expressed in

terms of the fuzzy membership function. But

how exactly to construct the membership

function of a fuzzy number mathematically

remained a problem. Baruah (2010, 2011a,

2011b, 2011c, 2012) has shown that two laws

of randomness are necessary as well as

sufficient to define a normal law of fuzziness.

In other words, trying to frame one single law

of probability from a given law of fuzziness,

as had been tried upon while formulating the

existing probability-possibility consistency

principles, was not mathematically

meaningful an exercise, because we need two

laws of randomness, probabilistic or

otherwise, and not one single law of

probability, to define a law of fuzziness. This

has led to a proper measure theoretic

explanation of partial presence, and

construction of fuzzy numbers can therefore

be based on that.

We need to understand that if a variable X

can assume values in an interval [L, U] where

L follows a law of randomness in the interval

[α, β] while U follows another law of

randomness in the interval [β, γ], then we are

in a situation defining fuzzy uncertainty, with

randomness defined in the measure theoretic

sense. In such a case, Baruah’s principle of

Page 7: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 2 http://japmnt.com/

consistency between randomness and

fuzziness states that the distribution function

of L , which is known as the left reference

function also with reference to fuzziness, in

the interval [α, β] together with the

complementary distribution function of U

which is known as the right reference

function also in the interval [β, γ], would give

us the membership function of a normal fuzzy

number [α, β, γ ]. The two concerned laws of

randomness may or may not be geared to laws

of probability because measure theoretically

speaking the notion of probability need not

actually appear in the definition of

randomness in the sense that a probabilistic

variable is necessarily random while a

random variable need not be probabilistic. It

should be noted that the notion of probability

does not enter into the definition of a random

variable (Rohatgi and Saleh, 2001, pages 41 –

43). When a variable is probabilistic, it has to

be random by definition, although when a

variable is random, it need not be

probabilistic. Accordingly, all results of the

classical theory of probability are

automatically applicable to a random variable

defined in the measure theoretic sense.

In what follows, we are going to explain

how exactly a fuzzy number originates. We

are going to show how exactly to construct a

fuzzy number. We shall not assume anything

heuristic in principle. The data collected from

the aforesaid earthquake waveform, we now

proceed to construct a normal fuzzy number.

2. Methodology

We collected data of the waveform of an

earthquake in the city of Guwahati, India. The

earthquake occurred on May 25, 1998. To

represent the waveform in the form of a

normal fuzzy number, we have considered the

part of the waveform that had appeared while

the earthquake was at its maximum amplitude

to zero amplitude. In fact, the waveform of an

earthquake is indeed a combination of two

independent normal fuzzy numbers, one

represented by the waveform from amplitude

zero to the maximum amplitude and the other

represented by the waveform from the

maximum amplitude to zero amplitude. Here

our interest is to study the second case. The

first case can also be studied in the same way.

We have collected 39 observations from

the highest amplitude to zero amplitude of the

waveform. We thus have collected the values

taken by L and U on those 39 observations.

These values are, say

(a1, a2, a3,….…, a39)

and

(b1, b2, b3,……, b39)

respectively.

Now, using the operation of set

superimposition defined by Baruah (2010,

2011a, 2011b, 2011c, 2012) we may proceed

to construct normal fuzzy numbers as

discussed in (Das et al, 2013), which would

define the uncertainty associated with

waveform variations.

Baruah defined the operation of

superimposition of two real intervals [a1, b1]

and [a2, b2] as

[a1, b1] (S) [a2, b2]

= [a1, a2] ∪ [a2, b1] (2)

∪ [b1, b2],

if a1 < a2 < b1 < b2,

= [a1, a2] ∪ [a2, b2] (2)

∪ [b2, b1],

if a1 < a2 < b2 < b1,

= [a2, a1] ∪ [a1, b1] (2)

∪ [b1, b2],

if a2 < a1 < b1 < b2,

= [a2, a1] ∪ [a1, b2]

(2) ∪ [b2, b1],

if a2 < a1 < b2 < b1, where for example [a2, b1]

(2) represents the

elements of [a2, b1] with every element being

present twice. A closer look would reveal that

[a1, b1] (S) [a2, b2]

= [a (1), a (2)] U [a (2), b (1)] (2)

U [b (1), b (2)]

where

a (1) = min (a1, a2),

a (2) = max (a1, a2),

b (1) = min (b1, b2), and

b (2) = max (b1, b2).

Here it was assumed without loss of any

generality that [a1, b1] ∩ [a2, b2] is not void,

or in other words that max (ai) ≤ min (bi), i =

1, 2.

The reader may observe the entry of

ordered values in this expression. This would

now lead us to the exact definition of partial

presence of an element in a set, better known

as fuzziness. Unless one looks into the

matters through this lens, the way to construct

a fuzzy number would not be clear. Double

Page 8: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 3 http://japmnt.com/

representation as such may not be quite

important. However, if the elements in the

intervals [a1, b1] and [a2, b2] are presumed to

be partially present with level of presence of

all elements in the two intervals being equal

to ½, then the identity would be

[a1, b1](1/2)

(S) [a2, b2](1/2)

= [a (1), a (2)](1/2)

U [a (2), b (1)] (1)

U [b (1), b

(2)](1/2)

Here [a1, b1](1/2)

represents the interval [a1, b1]

where every element of the interval is

partially present with level of presence of

every element being equal to ½.

Now suppose

a (1), a (2), …, a (39)

are values of a1, a2, …, a39 arranged in

increasing order of magnitude, and

b (1), b (2), …, b (39)

are values of b1, b2, …, b39 arranged in

increasing order of magnitude. We shall now

superimpose the 39 intervals thus found, and

shall normalize the frequency of occurrences

by dividing by the total frequency.

Superimposing the intervals

[a1, b1], [a2, b2], …, [a39, b39]

and thereafter normalizing in the aforesaid

manner is equivalent to superimposing the

intervals

[a1, b1] (1/39)

, [a2, b2] (1/39)

, …, [a39, b39] (1/39)

with constant level of partial presence 1/39

for every interval. We shall thus get, subject

to the condition that [a1, b1] ∩ [a2, b2] ∩ [a3,

b3] ∩……… ∩ [a39, b39] is not void,

[a1, b1] (1/39)

(S) [a2, b2] (1/39)

(S) [a3, b3]

(1/39) (S)……….. (S) [a39, b39]

(1/39)

= [a (1), a (2)] (1/39)

∪[a (2), a (3)] (2/39)

[a (3), a (4)] (3/39)

∪.......∪[a (39), b (1)] (1) ∪

[b (1), b (2)] (38 /39)

∪ [b (2), b (3)] (37 /39)

∪………∪ [b (38), b (39)] (1/39)

,

where for example, [b (1), b (2)] (38 /39)

represents the interval [b (1), b (2)] with level

of partial presence of every element being 38/

39 for every element in the interval.

The actual diagram would thus be a

simple function in the measure theoretic sense

from a (1) to a (39), and another simple function

from b (1) to b (39). The first of these two

simple functions is non-decreasing while the

second is non-increasing. Smoothing of these

two functions will ultimately lead to the

membership function of our normal fuzzy

number representing one half of the

waveform. We shall now proceed to construct

the membership function from the data

collected from an actual earthquake.

1. Construction of the membership curve

for the earthquake waveform

The original picture of the waveform of

the earthquake has been shown in fig. 1,

which has been obtained from an earthquake

measuring device at Gauhati University and

the date of that particular waveform under

study was 25-05-1998.

Fig. 1: Waveform of the earthquake of

May 25, 1998, in Guwahati.

From the waveform, we determined data

regarding the minimum and the maximum

amplitudes for 39 observations. The minimum

amplitudes in increasing order of magnitude

(in cm.) were

-1.15, -1.14, -1.1, -1.05, -0.81, -0.8, -0.7, -0.6,

-0.51, -0.5, -0.49, -0.48, -0.47, -0.46, -0.45,

-0.44, -0.43, -0.42, -0.41, -0.37, -0.3, -0.29,

-0.28, -0.27, -0.26, -0.25, -0.24, -0.23, -0.22,

-0.21, -0.2, -0.19, -0.15, -0.14, -0.13, -0.12,

-0.11, -0.1, 0

and similarly the maximum amplitudes in

increasing order of magnitude (in cm.) were

0, 0.1, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17,

0.18, 0.19, 0.21, 0.22, 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26,

0.27, 0.28, 0.29, 0.3, 0.31, 0.33, 0.35, 0.41,

Page 9: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 4 http://japmnt.com/

0.43, 0.44, 0.46, 0.47, 0.49, 0.5, 0.52, 0.55,

0.57, 0.6, 0.9, 1.05, 1.3, 1.35, 1.45.

We then superimposed the intervals making

them equally fuzzy with constant level of

partial presence equal to 1/39 in every case.

At this point, we would like to define

what is known as an empirical distribution

function in the statistical literature (Gibbons

and Chakraborti, 1992, page- 25). An

empirical distribution function may be

considered as an estimate of the cumulative

distribution function defining the randomness

concerned. For a sample of size n, this

function Sn (x), is defined as the proportion of

values that do not exceed x. Accordingly, if X

(1), X (2), … , X (n) denote the order statistics

of a random sample, its empirical distribution

function would be given by

Sn (x) = 0, if x < X (1),

= k / n, if X (k) ≤ x < X (k+1),

k = 1, 2, …, (n – 1),

= 1, if x ≥ X (n).

X here being random, so would be Sn (X).

Writing

Δi (t) = 0, if Xi > t,

=1, otherwise,

we see that

Sn (x) = ∑ Δi (x) / n.

Therefore nSn (x) will have the law followed

by the sum of n independent Bernoulli

random variables Δi(x). Indeed in such a case,

we would have

Prob [Sn (x) = k / n]

= n Ck [FX (x)]

k [1 – Fx (x)]

n - k

for k = 0, 1, …, n. Hence the mathematical

expectation of Sn (x) would be given by

E [Sn (x)] = FX (x).

Therefore, Sn (x) converges uniformly to FX

(x) almost surely. This leads to the Glivenko –

Cantelli theorem that states that the limiting

value of the supremum of the difference

between Sn (x) and FX (x), as n becomes

infinitely large, converges to zero almost

surely.

After plotting the values (Fig. 2), we

have seen that the minimum amplitudes of the

waveform is an empirical distribution

function of a random variable in the interval

[-1.15, 0], while the maximum amplitudes of

the waveform is a complementary empirical

distribution function of another random

variable in the interval [0, 1.45]. Now,

according to Baruah’s randomness-fuzziness

consistency principle, the theoretical

distribution function of the minimum

amplitudes in [-1.15, 0] and the theoretical

complementary distribution function of the

maximum amplitudes in [0, 1.45] together

define a normal fuzzy number [-1.15, 0, 1.45],

which is clear from the diagram given below:

Fig.2 Membership values of one half of

the waveform of the earthquake

Thus, the fuzzy membership function in

this example can be approximated as

45.10

45.10

015.1

15.10

xif

xifxG

xifxF

xif

xX

Here F(x) and G(x) are the Dubois –

Prade left and right reference functions. F(x)

is a non-decreasing continuous function from

0 to 1, and G(x) is non-increasing from 1 to 0

for -1.15 ≤ x ≤ 0 and 0 ≤ x ≤ 1.45

respectively.

From the diagram it is clear that the

membership curve for the right reference

function decreases nearly exponentially with

the increase in the amplitudes of the

waveform and that the left reference function

increases nearly exponentially with the

increase in the amplitudes of the waveform.

Page 10: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 5 http://japmnt.com/

3. Fitting of the reference functions

Taking the different values of

amplitudes as an independent variable X and

the membership values as the dependent

variable Y, we can fit the reference functions.

As for the right reference function, let

Y= a. ebX

where b < 0, X > 0,

such that the maximum of Y will be unity for

X = 0.

Using the method of least squares the

estimates of a and b were computed. We have

found that the estimated values of Y is

1.098383 for the dependent variable X=0. We

therefore had to do a little bit of scaling in the

sense that the estimated value of the

parameter a had to be divided by 1.098383.

The equation thus found was

Y= 1.84118745.e-0.59969X.

The curve concerned has been depicted in

Fig. 3 below.

Figure 3: The right reference function

The equation of the left reference

function

would similarly be

Y= a. ebX

where b > 0, X < 0,

on condition that the maximum of Y would be

unity when X= 0. Once again, using the

method of least squares we computed the

estimates of a and b, and did a bit of scaling.

The equation was found to be

Y= 1.51248645.e0.70178X

The curve has been shown in Fig. 4 below.

Figure 4: The left reference function

After combining the estimated left and

right reference functions, we can construct the

estimated membership curve (fig. 5), where

the right reference function decreases nearly

exponentially and the left reference function

increases nearly exponentially.

Fig.5: Estimated membership curve for the

waveform of the earthquake

4. Conclusions

Two laws of randomness can define a

normal law of fuzziness. From one half of

the waveform of an earthquake, starting

from the maximum amplitude to zero

amplitude, we have been able to show that

the waveform is indeed a normal fuzzy

number. This is how a normal fuzzy

number has to be constructed.

Page 11: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 6 http://japmnt.com/

References

1. Baruah, H. K. (2010), The Randomness –

Fuzziness Consistency Principle, International Journal

of Energy, Information and Communications, Vol. 1,

Issue 1, 2010, 37 – 48.

2. Baruah, H. K. (2011a), In Search of the Root

of Fuzziness: The Measure Theoretic Meaning of

Partial Presence, Annals of Fuzzy Mathematics and

Informatics, Vol. 2, No. 1, 57 – 68.

3. Baruah, H. K. (2011b), Construction of the

Membership Function of a Fuzzy Number, ICIC

Express Letters, Vol. 5, Issue 2, 545-549.

4. Baruah, H. K. (2011c), The Theory of Fuzzy

Sets: Beliefs and Realities, International Journal of

Energy Information and Communications, Vol. 2, Issue

2, 2011, 1 – 22.

5. Baruah, H. K. (2012), Construction of Normal

Fuzzy Numbers Using the Mathematics of Partial

Presence, Journal of Modern Mathematics Frontier,

Vol. 1, No. 1, 9 – 15.

6. Das, D., Mahanta S., Chutia, R. and Baruah,

H. K. (2013), Construction of normal fuzzy numbers:

case studies with Indian stock exchange data, Annals of

Fuzzy Mathematics and Informatics (in press).

7. Gibbons J. D. and Chakraborti S., (1992);

Nonparametric Statistical Inference, Third Edition,

Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1992.

8. Rohatgi V. K. and Saleh. A. K. E.,(2001), An

Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Second

Edition, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John

Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd., Singapore.

Page 12: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

7

THE EXACT DEFINITION OF FUZZY RANDOMNESS: AN

APPLICATION OF THE MATHEMATICS OF PARTIAL PRESENCE

Supahi Mahanta, Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India

[email protected]

Rituparna Chutia, Department of Mathematics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India

[email protected]

Hemanta K. Baruah, Department of Statistics, Gauhati University, Guwahati-781014, Assam, India

[email protected]

Abstract: Fuzzy randomness leads to fuzzy

conclusions. Such fuzzy conclusions can indeed be

made in terms of probability. In this article, the concept

of fuzzy randomness has been discussed using the

mathematics of partial presence. Two important points

have been suggested in this article. First, fuzzy

randomness should be explained with reference to the

Randomness – Fuzziness Consistency Principle, and

only then the mathematical explanations of fuzzy

randomness would actually be complete. Secondly, in

every case of fuzzy statistical hypothesis testing, the

alternative hypotheses must necessarily be properly

defined. The authors in this article have described

fuzzy randomness with reference to a numerical

example of using the Student’s t-test statistic.

Keywords: Complement of a fuzzy set, the

Randomness – Fuzziness Consistency Principle,

Student’s t-statistic.

1. Introduction

Fuzzy randomness arises when the

random variables cannot be observed with

exactness. Fuzzy randomness in terms of

uncertain probabilities has been studied by

Buckley and Eslami (2003, 2004) and

Buckley (2003), among others. With

reference to testing of statistical hypotheses,

Goswami et al (1997) and Talukdar and

Baruah (2007, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c, 2011)

have studied randomness with fuzzy

observations. Goswami and Baruah (2008a)

studied the effect of fuzziness on the binomial

probability law. Fuzzy time series analysis

was studied by Goswami and Baruah (2007,

2008b). In all these cases, the parameters

concerned were taken to be fuzzy numbers,

and the statistical analytical matters were

dealt with accordingly.

However, based on a set operation

called superimposition (Baruah, 1999a), it has

meanwhile been established by Baruah

(2010a, 2010b, 2011b, 2011c, 2011d, 2012)

that every law of fuzziness can actually be

expressed in terms of two laws of

randomness, with randomness defined in the

measure theoretic sense, and accordingly

fuzzy randomness should be explained with

reference to two laws of randomness defined

for every fuzzy observation. In this article, we

are going to put forward the exact

mathematical analysis of fuzzy randomness.

The Zadehian definition of

complement of a fuzzy set is defective

(Baruah, 1999b, 2011a). In the Zadehian

definition of complementation, fuzzy

membership function and fuzzy membership

value have been taken to be the same, and that

is where the defect lies. Indeed fuzzy

membership function and fuzzy membership

value are two different things for the

complement of a normal fuzzy set (Baruah,

2011c). The membership function of the

complement of a normal fuzzy number is 1

over the entire real line, with the condition

that it is measured from the membership

function of the normal fuzzy number

concerned. In studying fuzzy randomness,

while testing statistical hypotheses, the

alternative hypotheses of fuzzy null

hypotheses have always been wrongly

defined. In this article, we would discuss

regarding how an alternative hypothesis has

to be stated.

Page 13: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

8

It should be noted that the notion of

probability does not enter into the measure

theoretic definition of a random variable

(Rohatgi and Saleh, 2001, pages 41 – 43).

When a variable is probabilistic, it has to be

random by definition although when a

variable is random, it need not be

probabilistic. Accordingly, all results of the

classical theory of probability are

automatically applicable to a random variable

defined in the measure theoretic sense. In the

term ‘fuzzy randomness’, as available in the

literature, the word ‘randomness’ has been

taken as equivalent to the word

‘probabilistic’.

In what, follows, we shall discuss in

short Baruah’s Randomness – Fuzziness

Consistency Principle, and we shall state the

axiom defining the complement of a fuzzy

set. Thereafter we shall discuss how exactly

to define fuzzy randomness. Finally, we shall

discuss the matters with reference to testing a

fuzzy hypothesis in the case of the Student’s

t-test.

1. The Randomness – Fuzziness

Consistency Principle

A normal fuzzy number N = [α, β, γ] is

an interval around the real number β with the

elements in the interval being partially

present. Partial presence of an element in a

fuzzy set is defined by the membership

function. A normal fuzzy number N = [α, β, γ]

is associated with a membership function μN

(x), where

otherwise

xx

xx

xN

,0

,

,

2

1

Here Ψ1(x) is continuous and non-

decreasing in the interval [α, β], and Ψ2(x) is

continuous and non-increasing in the interval

[β, γ], where

Ψ1 (α) = Ψ2 (γ) = 0,

Ψ1 (β) = Ψ2 (β) = 1.

In the Dubois-Prade nomenclature,

Ψ1(x) is called the Left Reference Function,

and Ψ2(x) is called the Right Reference

Function of the normal fuzzy number.

Construction of a normal fuzzy number would

depend on construction of these two reference

functions. Defining the operation called

Superimposition of Sets and using the

Glivenko-Cantelli Theorem (Loeve, 1977) on

Order Statistic, Baruah (2010a, 2010b, 2011b,

2011c, 2011d, 2012) has established the

following result which we shall state as a

theorem that uncovers the missing link

between fuzziness and randomness, which

was being searched for by the workers in

fuzziness since 1965.

Theorem 1: For a normal fuzzy

number

N = [α, β, γ]

with membership function

otherwise

xx

xx

xN

,0

,

,

2

1

such that

Ψ1 (α) = Ψ2 (γ) = 0,

Ψ1 (β) = Ψ2 (β) = 1,

Ψ1(x) is the distribution function of a

random variable defined in the interval [α, β],

and Ψ2(x) is the complementary distribution

function of another random variable defined

in the interval [β, γ].

It needs to be mentioned at this point

that the Glivenko – Cantelli theorem on

convergence of empirical probability

distributions can actually be seen as the

backbone of mathematical statistics. This

theorem is about probability distribution

functions, and therefore it will be applicable

for distribution functions of random variables

with randomness defined in the measure

theoretic sense as well (Baruah, 2011b, 2012).

As we have mentioned earlier, in the measure

theoretic sense, if a variable is probabilistic, it

has to be necessarily random, although when

a variable is random, it does not have to be

probabilistic.

It is known that a distribution function

of a random variable is non-decreasing, and

that a complementary distribution function of

a random variable is non-increasing. The

functions are continuous and differentiable.

Differentiation of Ψ1(x) and (1 – Ψ2(x)) would

give two density functions. This means, one

needs two laws of randomness, one in the

interval [α, β] and the other in [β, γ], to

construct a normal fuzzy number [α, β, γ].

Page 14: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

9

For a triangular fuzzy number,

differentiation of Ψ1(x) and (1 – Ψ2(x)) would

give two uniform density functions. It is well

known that the uniform law of randomness is

the simplest of all probability laws. Thus two

uniform laws of randomness lead to the

simplest fuzzy number. When we say that a

normal fuzzy number is of the triangular type,

it actually means that we have assumed that

the left reference function is a uniform

distribution function and the right reference

function is a uniform complementary

distribution function. We have actually found

that the triangular fuzzy number appears very

naturally in defining fuzziness (Das, 2013).

Theorem - 1 can actually be called the

Randomness - Fuzziness Consistency

Principle (Baruah, 2010a, 2010b, 2011c).

Thus according to this principle, the Dubois-

Prade left reference function is actually a

distribution function by definition and

similarly the right reference function is

nothing but a complementary distribution

function. In other words, two laws of

randomness, probabilistic or otherwise, are

not only necessary but also sufficient to

define a law of fuzziness.

2. The Complement of a Fuzzy Set

In the Zadehian definition of the

complement of a fuzzy set, fuzzy membership

function and fuzzy membership value are

taken to be the same, which led to the

conclusion that the fuzzy sets do not follow

the set theoretic axioms of exclusion and

contradiction. For the complement of a

normal fuzzy set, fuzzy membership function

and fuzzy membership value are two different

things, and the complement of a normal fuzzy

set has to be defined accordingly.

If a normal fuzzy number N = [α, β, γ]

is defined with a membership function μN (x),

where

μN(x) = Ψ1(x), if α ≤ x ≤ β,

= Ψ2(x), if β ≤ x ≤ γ,

and

= 0, otherwise,

where

Ψ1 (α) = Ψ2 (γ) = 0,

Ψ1 (β) = Ψ2 (β) = 1,

the complement NC will have the

membership function μNC (x), where

μNC (x) = 1, - ∞ < x < ∞,

with the condition that μNC (x) is to be

counted from Ψ1(x), if α ≤ x ≤ β, from Ψ2(x),

if β ≤ x ≤ γ, and from 0, otherwise, so that we

keep a difference between the fuzzy

membership function and the fuzzy

membership value. Baruah (1999b, 2011c)

has forwarded this definition of the

complement of a fuzzy set which is based on

the following axiom:

Axiom 1: The fuzzy membership

function of the complement of a normal fuzzy

number N is equal to 1 for the entire real line,

with the membership value counted from the

membership function of N.

3. The Exact Definition of Fuzzy

Randomness

In studying fuzzy randomness, the

workers used the definition of complement of

a fuzzy set to frame the alternative hypotheses

with reference to the fuzzy null hypotheses.

Whenever a fuzzy null hypothesis was found

rejectable, this wrong definition came into

picture.

While making the statistical

conclusions with reference to fuzzy random

data, there was another lack. If the two laws

of randomness defining fuzziness are indeed

laws of probability, two possibilities can

actually be there. When a non-rejectable

hypothesis is fuzzified, there would still be a

probability that the fuzzy hypothesis would

actually be found rejectable, the probability of

rejection decided by the right reference

function. In the same way, if a rejectable

hypothesis is fuzzified, there would still be a

probability that the fuzzy hypothesis would be

found non-rejectable, the probability of non-

rejection being decided by the left reference

function this time (Baruah, 2011c).

Assume that X is a random variable

following the normal probability law with

mean μ and variance unity. Now if the

parameter μ is fuzzy, with membership

defined in [μ - δ, μ, μ + δ], we would actually

define an infinite number of normal

probability density functions with location

Page 15: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

10

parameter ranging from (μ – δ) to (μ + δ )

with maximum membership assigned at the

value μ. This is where the current definition

of fuzzy randomness ends.

Assume now that we have a normally

distributed population with mean μ and

variance σ2. From this population, a sample of

n observations x1, x2, ... , xn has been drawn,

and we can then proceed to infer about the

population, based on the sample data. Assume

further that we have fuzzy data and we need

to proceed for statistical analysis with

reference to fuzzy randomness.

The data are in terms of fuzzy

numbers around xi, i=1,2,…,n defined as, say,

Xi = [xi - δ, xi, xi + δ], δ ≥ 0.

The analysis can now proceed

accordingly. Without loss of generality, and

for computational simplicity, such fuzzy

numbers are usually taken as triangular.

It can be seen that the equivalence of

the definitions of the Dubois-Prade left

reference function Ψ1(x), α ≤ x ≤ β, and a

distribution function gives us

xxdx

d11 , say

where

11

dxx .

In the same way, the equivalence of

the definitions of the Dubois-Prade right

reference function Ψ2(x), β ≤ x≤ γ, and a

complementary distribution function, gives us

xxdx

d221 , say,

where

12

dxx .

Now, according to Baruah’s

Randomness – Fuzziness Consistency

Principle, a triangular fuzzy number of the

type

iiii xxxX ,,

with membership function

otherwise

xxxifxx

xxxifxx

x iii

iii

X i

,0

,,

,,

is in fact defined by two laws of

randomness with distribution functions

iii xxxif

xxxF

,1

and

,,12

ii

i xxxifxx

xF

so that their densities

,,1

1 ii xxxifxFdx

d

and

ii xxxifxFdx

d,

12

are uniform.

Accordingly, fuzzy randomness

should be defined as follows. First, there

should be a variable following some law of

probability. Secondly, around every

realization of the probabilistic variable, there

should be fuzziness. This fuzziness in turn

will be explained by two laws of randomness,

with randomness defined in the measure

theoretic sense. If it is presumed that the two

laws of randomness are in fact two laws of

probability, then the conclusions can be made

probabilistically.

4. Student’s – t Test with Fuzzy Data

Assume that a random sample of five

students has been collected from a normal

population and their heights are measured.

The heights of the five students are 63, 67, 70,

71 and 73 inches. Let us assume that mean

height of the population is 66 inches.

Now, we want to test whether the data

are consistent with the assumption of a mean

height of 66 inches in the population, i.e., H0:

μ=66, against the alternative hypothesis, H1:

μ≠66.

Under H0, the test statistic is given by

,1/2

0

ns

xt

which follows the Student’s – t

probability distribution with (n-1) degrees of

freedom, where x is the sample mean and 2s is the sample variance.

Here, the calculated value of t is

1.4364 which is less than the tabulated value

of t i.e. 2.78 at 5% probability level of

Page 16: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

11

significance for 4 degrees of freedom.

Therefore, we may conclude that there is no

reason to reject the null hypothesis that the

sample has come from a population with

mean height 66 inches.

In a fuzzy situation, let us start with

data of the type [xi – 1, xi, xi + 1] with an

assumption that the data are triangular. The

random variable X of which x is a realization

in the sample was assumed to be normally

distributed. In other words, we would start

with an assumption that the two laws of

randomness, one on [xi – 1, xi] and the other

on [xi, xi + 1], are uniform, for a normally

distributed realization x with mean μ and error

variance σ2, say. We would presume further

that these two laws of randomness are indeed

two laws of probability so that we can infer

probabilistically.

Thus, we have the heights of the

students with triangular membership

functions as [62, 63, 64], [66, 67, 68], [69, 70,

71], [70, 71, 72], [72, 73, 74]. The null

hypothesis would be

H0: the data of interval type are

consistent with the assumption of a fuzzy

mean height of [65, 66, 67] inches in the

population, i.e.,

H0 : μ = [65, 66, 67].

The alternative hypothesis is,

H1: μ = [65, 66, 67]C ,

where the complement should be

defined as discussed earlier.

Under H0, we have obtained the fuzzy

value of Student’s - t with the following fuzzy

membership function

otherwise

x

xxx

x

xxx

xt

,0

8.44364.1

,32

416.92642.118.762.118.76

4364.12689.0

,32

2.208.124.3556.2642.208.12

2222

2222

Now, this fuzzy number gives the

following two distribution functions

according to the Randomness-Fuzziness

Consistency Principle:

,4364.12689.0

,32

2.208.124.3556.2642.208.12 2222

1

x

xxxx

and

8.44364.1

,32

416.92642.118.762.118.761)1(

2222

2

x

xxxx

This means, the fuzzy value of

t = [0.2689, 1.4364, 4.8]

with left and right reference functions

ψ1(x) and ψ2(x) defined in 0.2689 ≤ x ≤

1.4364 and 1.4364 ≤ x ≤4.8 respectively,

would be defined by the two densities xdx

d1

and xdx

d21 in the respective ranges.

We now proceed to look into the

matters of making a fuzzy conclusion

statistically. The tabulated non-fuzzy value of

t at 5% level of significance for 4 degrees of

freedom is 2.78, which lies between 1.4364 to

4.8.

Figure: The Membership Curve

To the right of the tabulated value of t,

i.e., 2.78, the area under the probability

density function of Student’s t is 0.025. 2.78

is on that part of the interval on which the

right reference function is defined. Now, in

our perspective the probability density

function concerned with the right reference

function is given by

8.44364.1

,

416.92642.118.7632

2562.118.764.22

32

4.221

222

2

2

x

xx

xxxxx

dx

d

Therefore, the probability that t ≥ 2.78

would be the area under this probability

density function for t ≥ 2.78, which is the area

of the right tail beyond 2.78. The area of the

left tail from 1.4364 to 2.78 is (1- ψ2(2.78)).

Thus the area of the right tail is ψ2(2.78)

again, which is nothing but the membership

value of t at 2.78. ψ2(2.78) = 0.3960 is

Page 17: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

12

therefore the probability that the fuzzy null

hypothesis that the sample has come from a

population with fuzzy mean height 66 inches

would have to be rejected at 5% probability

level of significance. In other words, when a

non-rejectable hypothesis is fuzzified, there

will still be a probability that the fuzzy

hypothesis would actually be found

rejectable. In the same way, if a rejectable

hypothesis is fuzzified, there would still be a

probability that the fuzzy hypothesis would be

found non-rejectable, the probability of non-

rejection being decided by the left reference

function this time.

5. Conclusions

Partial presence of an element in a

normal fuzzy number can be expressed in

terms of two laws of randomness. The

membership function of a normal fuzzy

number [α, β, γ] is actually a distribution

function in [α, β] and a complementary

distribution function in [β, γ]. Based on this

principle, the exact definition of fuzzy

randomness has been forwarded in this article.

Further, the complement of a fuzzy set should

be redefined. In testing of fuzzy hypothesis,

we deal with the alternative hypothesis which

is the complement of the fuzzy null

hypothesis. One should note that for the

complement of a normal fuzzy set, fuzzy

membership function and fuzzy membership

value are two different things. We have

shown that when a non-rejectable hypothesis

is fuzzified, there would still be a probability

that the fuzzy hypothesis would actually be

found rejectable. In the same way, if a

rejectable hypothesis is fuzzified, there would

still be a probability that the fuzzy hypothesis

would be found non-rejectable.

Reference

1. Baruah, H. K. (1999a), Set Superimposition

and Its Application to the Theory of Fuzzy Sets,

Journal of the Assam Science Society, Vol. 40, Nos. 1

& 2, 25 – 31.

2. Baruah, H. K. (1999b), Fuzzy Membership

with respect to a Reference Function, Journal of the

Assam Science Society, Vol. 40, No. 3, 65 – 73.

3. Baruah, H. K. (2010a), The randomness –

fuzziness consistency principle, International Journal

of Energy, Information and Communications, Vol. 1,

Issue 1, 37 – 48.

4. Baruah, H. K. (2010b), The Randomness-

Fuzziness Consistency Principle, Invited Article,

International Congress of Mathematics, Proceedings of

the Satellite International Conference on Probability

and Statistics, Sambalpur University, India.

5. Baruah, H. K. (2011a), Towards Forming a

Field of Fuzzy Sets, International Journal of Energy,

Information and Communications, Vol. 2, Issue 1, 16 –

20.

6. Baruah, H. K. (2011b), Construction of the

membership function of a fuzzy number, ICIC Express

Letters, Vol. 5, Issue 2, 545-549.

7. Baruah, H. K. (2011c), The theory of fuzzy

sets: beliefs and realities, International Journal of

Energy Information and Communications, Vol. 2, No.

2, 1-22.

8. Baruah, H. K. (2011d), In search of the root of

fuzziness: the measure theoretic meaning of partial

presence, Annals of Fuzzy Mathematics and

Informatics, Vol. 2, No. 1, 57-68.

9. Baruah, H. K. (2012), Construction of normal

fuzzy numbers using the mathematics of partial

presence, Journal of Modern Mathematics Frontier,

Vol. 1, No. 1, 9-15.

10. Buckley, J. J. (2003), Uncertain probabilities

III: the continuous case, Soft Computing – A Fusion of

Foundations, Methodologies and Applications, Vol. 8,

No. 3, 200 – 206.

11. Buckley, J. J. and Eslami, E. (2003),

Uncertain probabilities I: the discrete case, Soft

Computing – A Fusion of Foundations, Methodologies

and Applications, Vo. 7, No. 8, 500 – 505.

12. Buckley, J. J. and Eslami, E. (2004),

Uncertain probabilities II: the continuous case, Soft

Computing – A Fusion of Foundations, Methodologies

and Applications, Vol. 8, No. 3, 193 – 199.

13. Das, D., Mahanta S., Chutia, R. and Baruah,

H. K. (2013), Construction of normal fuzzy numbers:

case studies with Indian stock exchange data, Annals of

Fuzzy Mathematics and Informatics (in press).

14. Goswami, P. and Baruah, H. K. (2008a),

Fuzzy Discrete Distributions: the Binomial Case,

Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, Vol. 16, No. 3, 671 –

676.

15. Goswami, P. and Baruah, H. K. (2008b), The

Fuzzy ARIMA (1, 1) Process, Vol. 16, No. 3, 721 –

729.

16. Goswami, P. and Baruah, H. K., (2007),

Fuzzy Time Series Analysis, Journal of Fuzzy

Mathematics, Vol. 15, No. 3, 513 -523.

17. Goswami, P., Dutta, P. and Baruah, H. K.

(1997), The Latin Square Design Using Fuzzy Data,

Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, Vol. 5, No. 4, 767 -779.

18. Loeve, M. (1977), Probability Theory,

Springer Verlag, New York.

19. Rohatgi V. K. and Saleh A. K. E. (2001), An

Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Second

Page 18: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

13

Edition, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John

Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd., Singapore.

20. Talukdar, R. and Baruah, H. K. (2007),

Sequential Probability Ratio Test with Fuzzy

Observations, Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, Vol. 15,

No. 3, 627 – 643.

21. Talukdar, R. and Baruah, H. K. (2010a), A

Fuzzy Sequential Decision Procedure Applied to

Completely Randomized Design of Experiments,

International Journal of Contemporary Mathematical

Sciences, Vol. 5, No. 26, 1283 – 1302.

22. Talukdar, R. and Baruah, H. K. (2010b), A

Sequential Variance Ratio Test with Fuzzy

Observations, Advances in Fuzzy Mathematics, Vol. 5,

No. 3, 301-309.

23. Talukdar, R. and Baruah, H. K. (2010c), A

Two Sample Sequential t-Test with Fuzzy

Observations, Applied Mathematical Sciences, Vol. 4,

No. 68, 3361 – 3374.

24. Talukdar, R. and Baruah, H. K. (2011), A

Sequential Multi-Decision Procedure with Fuzzy

Observations, Journal of Fuzzy Mathematics, Vol. 19,

No. 1, 125 – 140.

Page 19: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

14

COMPUTER SECURITY AND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES

PhD Lazar Stošić, College for professional studies educators, Aleksinac, Serbia

Dragan Veličković, Master of Laws

Abstract: With the increasing development of

computer and communications technology growth and

increasing needs and development of information systems

security. The problem of security must be approached with

greater caution. With the development of computer and

communication technologies have developed numerous tools

to protect files and other information. A set of tools,

procedures, policies and solutions to defend against attacks

are collectively referred to as computer network security. It is

necessary above all to define and learn about the concepts of

attack, risk, threat, vulnerability and asset value.

During the design and implementation of

information systems should primarily take into account a set

of measures to increase security and maintenance at an

acceptable level of risk. In any case, there is a need to know

the risks in the information system. Sources of potential

security problems are challenges and attacks, while the risk

relates to the probable outcome and its associated costs due to

occurrence of certain events. There are numerous techniques

help protect your computer: cryptography, authentication,

checked the software, licenses and certificates, valid

authorization...

This paper explains some of the procedures and

potential threats to break into the network and computers as

well as potential programs that are used. Guidance and

explanation of these programs is not to cause a break-in at

someone else's computer, but to highlight the vulnerability of

the computer's capabilities.

Key words - computer security, security

technologies, threats, security, protection of computer.

SECURITY

One of the accepted definitions of

security is that security is the maintenance of

the level of acceptable risk. The risk is the

result of accumulation of threats and

weaknesses of the consequences. Since it is a

process means that it must be planned and

systematically monitor the system status and

possible threats that can come from outside.

We can not say with certainty that a system is

fully protected. There is no absolute security.

Everything is relative. When the protection

system is necessary to accept some level of

risk and the possibility that a certain loss i.e.

reasonable level of risk. Since security is a

process it can not pay for the purchase of a

product. Each process is in a dynamic state,

so the safety can be implemented using

several different products and services,

procedures and rules. However, the very

products and services, procedures and rules

are not sufficient in themselves. Need a

proper and timely training of authorized

persons in charge of the protection system.

All that investment in staff training,

procurement of goods and services,

procedures and rules are far more profitable

than paying damages. On the possibility of

losing important data to say nothing. Must

find a balance between investments in safety

and immediate effects in order to reduce risk.

Security is based on four basic steps

as follows:

Evaluation (assess the possible risks

and predictions for their removal),

protection (prevent potential attacks

in order to reduce the possibility of

compromising the system),

discovery (the process of identifying

the attack) and

Answer (a recovery with the

possibility of further work or restoration of

the system itself).

Three basic principles of information

security make up the trinity of ''great'':

Confidentiality - an attempt to prevent

the intentional, unauthorized disclosure,

Integrity - data is a system and as such

must remain and must not be changed,

Availability - only certain staff can

access the data.

Three basic principles of information security

Page 20: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

15

I'm term safety, security, refers to the

preservation and protection of data in

computer systems of an enterprise. Security is

usually divided into safety resources, network

security, security location where the data

(server, etc.) and security services.

Possible attacks and threats

Since we defined that the security

process, the protection system can select

various security products, policies, procedures

and practices. When we speak of the

protection system must be protected from

attacks that threaten the information systems.

To protect against possible attacks have the

ability to predict and know the attacks and the

types of attacks. If you understand the types

of attacks and ways in which they come, we

can more easily monitor and control the risk

of data loss.

Ensuring safety should and must

become the responsibility of each system

administrator. Should always pay attention

and ask: ''What is the probability that

someone will break into a wired or wireless

network, the company where you work and

listen to network traffic? If this happens the

measures taken? ''If you do not take certain

steps there is a likelihood that an attack

occurs or wired wireless network.

When trying to improve security of

information systems are mostly used six

categories of security measures including:

general security policies and procedures,

software, virus protection, digital signatures,

encryption, firewalls and proxy servers.[5]

Security breaches and attacks on information

systems most often arise from the following

sources: employees of firms, hackers,

terrorists, and computer viruses.

The most common steps in the attack

are as follows:

testing and Assessment,

exploitation and penetration,

increased privileges,

maintenance of access,

refusal of services.

During the attack may lead to different

consequences and the most common are: the

destruction of resources, theft of resources,

theft of services, refusal of service, corruption

of data and applications.

During normal flow of information

data is moving from one place to another.

Normal flow of information flow

There are several types of attacks but,

generally, all attacks can be classified into

four categories:

1. Cutting or breaking

This kind of attack interrupts the flow

of information in the system. This is a direct

or active attack.

Cutting or interruption of information flow

2. Interception

This kind of attack is difficult to see,

and unlike the previous, active attacks, are a

passive attack. This kind of attack the person

trying to collect information or to perform

monitoring of current performance. After

gathering sufficient data can be exported

active attack or some other kind of attack.

Interception of information

3. Changed

This kind of attack falls into the

category of active attacks, because the attack

on the integrity. There may be a changing of

the data or the whole system.

Page 21: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

16

Changes of information flow

4. Fabrication

This kind of attack is also an active

attack and an attack on authenticity. This kind

of attack is faking data, traffic etc.

Fabricating information

Attackers could use the software

vulnerabilities in operating systems that allow

remote programs and entities to be entered

into the computer the victim and take control

over it. As such, the computer becomes a kind

of' ''zombie'' PCs that can continue to attack

other computers, to burden the network and

the like. No less dangerous or worms that can

do damage, duplicated and converted into

zombie computers.

Security of wireless networks

Today, PC cards are most frequently

used in home and business networks. All

computers have a security protocol called

Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP). A device

using an 802.11 card is configured with a key,

that in practice usually consists of a password

or a key derived from a password.

Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) is a

protocol for encrypting wirelessly transmitted

packets on IEEE 802.11 networks. In a WEP

protected network, all packets are encrypted

using the stream cipher RC4 under a common

key, the root key1 Rk. Rk is the WEP or root

key and IV is the initialization vector for a

packet. K = Rk║IV is the session or per

packet key. X is a key stream generated using

K. The WEP protocol is designed to provide

privacy to packet based wireless networks

based on the 802.11b standard [7]. The WEP

encrypts by taking a secret key and a per-

packet 3 byte IV, and using the IV followed

by the secret key as the RC4 key. The attacker

is able to retrieve the first byte of the RC4

output from each packet.[6]

The potential risks with the advent of

wireless networks with manifold increase.

Wireless is greatly vulnerable for the simple

reason - incompetence that's been properly

adjusted. We said that there is no absolute

security. The same is true of networks. By

placing an increasing number of ''hot spots''

(the location where the greatest number of

people - cafes, parks for the rest ...) opens up

the possibility that data theft and intrusion in

the user's computer. Wireless networks are

defined in IEEE 802.11, which brought the

IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics

Engineers). Initial version of the IEEE 802.11

standard with the 2.4 GHz frequency and two

data rates (from 1 and 2 Mb/s), which was

formed in mid-1997. year. Formed by

standard formed working groups - group A,

B, D, E, F and G. On the IEEE 802.11

specification is based and Wi-Fi networks. In

the beginning it was designed for mobile

computing devices (laptop computers,

Internet access, VoIP, games ...).

Looking at an organization as a

system, we can say that the wireless network

vulnerable part of the system. Standards often

fail to meet the three basic security

requirements: reliable user authentication,

authorization and user privacy. The first

security mechanism (WEP-Wired Equivalent

Privacy) has shown that it has significant

security vulnerabilities. Relying on this

mechanism without taking additional

measures did not show good results. He later

followed WEP2, EAP, WPA ... Individual

explanation of these mechanisms would take

away too much time and space so we can

keep things in general.

The attacker broke into someone's

system, the wireless network; he must first

catch a signal that now is not so difficult. By

capturing the signal can be performed on

active or passive attacks. In the beginning, are

Page 22: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

17

generally conducted passive attacks, i.e.

listening for a signal and traffic between

access points and users. The attached is clear

that the attacker must know the physical layer

is defined in the 802.11 standard. For an

active attack, the attacker must have the

proper equipment that can send data to the

network. If the attacker does not have the

service set identifier SSID - Service Set

Identifier, the access point rejects the

connection. However, since all control frames

are not sent in encrypted form, an attacker can

capture the control frames sent by the access

point to communicate with other network

users, find out the SSID and join the network.

What will still work, we assume.

Probability of interception at different locations:[1]

Location Full description Probability of interception

Rural / remote In his house, which is quite distant from

other houses Extremely small

Remote

connection

Connection via remote, point-to-point

connection with a wireless Internet

provider, or neighboring network

Small, the targeted nature of

point-to-point connection

Densely

populated urban

place or suburb

In his home, located in a densely

populated area with few houses in the

near abroad

Generally high, especially if

you have neighbors who use

high technology, but actual

attacks are unlikely.

Mixed The neighborhood, which is a mixture of

commercial and residential buildings

Generally high, because the

business systems attractive

targets, and most probably

use the wireless network

Public places in

the neighborhood

The neighborhood, near public parks, or

in places where parking is allowed on

the street.

Great, because public

networks use different layers

of the population and

anonymous users.

Commercial

buildings

The buildings used by a number of

companies, or companies, or near the

parking lot with the optical visibility of

the building.

Very high, because of the

proximity and attractiveness

of the target.

Roaming While on the road, in airports, hotels,

cafes and other locations

Generally high, for easy

tracking, but with relatively

low risk because no one

knows just tapping your

network traffic.

Tools to attack wireless networks

In order to best protect the information

system, i.e. wireless networks need to, in

addition to the administrator knows these

things and others familiar with the tools to

attack wireless networks. The purpose of

these schemes is the creation of the attacker

(punishable by law), but shows the possible

intrusion and abuse of wireless networks.

Network administrator is desirable to test

these programs in order to know the

probability and the possibility of attacks that

allow these programs and the ability to protect

against them. Due to abuse of the program

and the names of potential attacks is not

mentioned in this paper. Hereby only draw

attention to how the administrator can better

train and what can and should be ready when

it comes to wireless networks. There are tools

to carry out an attack on the WEP key, tools

to crack WEP encryption and the like.

Closing a wireless network (SSID

hiding) is not a secure solution that the

Page 23: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

18

network will not be visible. With a little

trouble and patience can be detected network

name. The network can detect many programs

that the commercial to those who are open

source and completely free. Furthermore,

allowing access only to specific network

adapters (MAC addresses) is not safe because

it is not difficult to change MAC address

wireless network adapter. Since the MAC

addresses transmitted over the air,

unencrypted, it is not difficult to catch such

address and assign it your network adapter.

Preventing and limiting public access

computer network

''The public computer network in

terms of criminal law is considered a set of

interconnected computers that communicate

by exchanging data. A public computer

network is the computer network that it is

subject to certain conditions, available to

everyone and it can be global in character as

the internet, regional or local character.

Preventing and limiting public access

computer network protecting the rights of

citizens, that is, communication and

information through computers, and access to

a public computer network sanctioned by

criminal legislation.

By preventing access to the public

computer network involves completely

disabling the second to use the computer

network.

By restricting access to public

computer network involves the creation of

access difficulties and efforts to prevent it.

Prevention or obstruction should be

performed without authorization, otherwise

there is crime prevention and restriction of

public access computer network if there is any

legal basis to prevent someone access to a

public computer network.

Criminal offenses against computer

data is often called cyber crime. The term

"cyber" is often used to describe new

concepts in computer technology and terms

associated with the Internet. Cyber crime

would identify all criminal activities

committed using computers. The Convention

on Cyber crime of the Council of Europe, the

terms "computer" and "cyber" crime is used

as synonyms.

The term "computer" and "cyber"

crime can involve all forms of computer use

in crime. Often this form of high-tech crime,

rather than the word "cyber" uses the term

"cyberspace." The prefix "cyber" is a word

that comes from the ancient Greek word

derived from "cyber", hence the name of

scientific disciplines, "Cybernetics".

With cyber crime, we can distinguish

two types of crimes that can be done by

computer.

In one group, the new criminal

offenses like the spread of computer viruses,

destruction of files or software etc., or crimes

where the computer is a means of attack and

care for the facility required separate

legislation.

In the second group are the classic

crimes such as fraud, child pornography,

gambling, copyright infringement and the

like, where the computer is used as a means

of execution, and that caused it in a new form

of cyber space.

The rapid growth of computer crime

has led to numerous problems, which can be

classified as:

• Technical problems are caused by

rapid changes in technology and the inability

of law enforcement to continually keep up to

date, as well as technical deficiencies that

make it difficult to find and prosecute

perpetrators.

• Legal problems are caused by the

inability of the legal framework to monitor

technological developments.

• Operational problems are caused by

lack of equipment, training and adequate

organizational structure and the need to work

at high speed regardless of time zone,

language and cultural differences.

The main problem is in finding and

gathering evidence.'' [3, 4, 8]

Conclusion

Tools that are available on the

Internet, both commercial and free, they are

not designed for intruder wireless networks.

On the contrary, are designed to indicate the

Page 24: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

19

potential weaknesses of the system, network

resources and security failures so-called

security holes. Knowledge of these programs

is very important for administrators to better

understand how to protect its network and

prevent data theft. Tools that are available are

usually divided into categories:

1. Tools to search the area to find the

network signal, of the protection

network and the strength of its signal.

2. Tools to intercept the data sent over the

air and convert them into readable form,

breaking the protective key.

3. Using these tools is mostly illegal and

therefore punishable by law. For these

reasons, the names of these tools are not

mentioned in this paper. We draw

attention to the administrators with the

help of these programs can realize

significant errors and omissions in the

networks that can be used to protect

your network and I have an information

system.

References

1. Adam Engst, Glenn Fleishman (2004): Wireless

networking, Computer Library, Cacak

2. Andy Ruth, Kurt Hudson (2004): Security +

Certification, Computer CET Beograd

3. Criminal Code RS art. 112 page 18 and art. 303

4. Expert comment Code of Criminal Procedure in

offenses against the security of computer data

5. James A. Seen (2007): Information technology:

principles, practices, opportunities, computer

library, Belgrade

6. L. Stošić, M. Bogdanović (2012). RC4 stream

cipher and possible attacks on WEP, (IJACSA)

International Journal of Advanced Computer

Science and Applications, Vol. 3, No. 3, march

2012, (pp. 110-114), ISSN 2156-5570 (Online),

ISSN 2158-107X (Print),

https://www.thesai.org/Downloads/Volume3No3/

Paper19-

RC4_Stream_Cipher_And_Possible_Attacks_On

_WEP.pdf

7. LAN/MAN Standard Committee, Wireless LAN

medium access control (MAC) and physical layer

(PHY) specifications, 1999 edition, IEEE

standard 802.11, IEEE Computer Society, 1999.

8. Ljubisa Lazarevic: Commentary of the Criminal

Code of the Republic of Serbia, page. 750, 751

9. http://www.niap-ccevs.org/cc-scheme/

10. http://all.net/books/ir/nswc/incident.handle.html

11. http://www.cert.org/stats

12. http://nvd.nist.gov/

Page 25: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

20

ECONOMIC RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS OF NATIONAL ECONOMY

PhD Stanka Đurić, Ministry of Finance, Serbia

PhD Ljiljana Mihajlović Stošić, Collage of applied professional studies, Vranje, Serbia

Abstract: Liquidity is generally the biggest

problem of the Serbian economy. At the end of

November 2012th Serbia's public debt stood at EUR

17.5 billion, which is close to 60% of gross domestic

product (GDP), the debt continued to rise in December

for new debt, so the debt could soon be equal to the

one that had the entire ex- Yugoslavia.

Historically, the growth of the economy,

increasing employment and living standards in Serbia

in the next three years can only be done if you reduce

the deficit in the state budget, curb inflation and the

gap between the inflow and outflow of money abroad.

Keywords: national economy,

macroeconomic research, economic development

INTRODUCTION

Overall economic activity in 2012., as

measured by gross domestic product (GDP)

and are presented in prices last year, will have

a real decline of 1.9% compared to the

previous year. However, the European Bank

for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD)

announced in mid-January to improve the

prediction of economic growth in Serbia in

2013. by one percentage point, to 2.1%

respectively.

1. THE FALL IN GDP AND DEBT IN

2012.

Real GDP decline in 2012. in Serbia

amounts to 1.9% compared to the 2011th

year. The fall in GDP was the highest in the

sector of agriculture, forestry and fisheries,

and other services sector accommodation and

meals. The decline in industrial production in

2012. was 3.4%, mainly due to the energy

supply sector, gas and steam.

On the other hand, the highest

recorded GDP growth in the following

sectors: information and communication,

professional, scientific and technical

activities, administrative and support service

activities. It is estimated that agricultural

production in 2012. had a real decline of

17.5%.

It is now clear that the only time in the

modern Serbian obliged as the former

Yugoslavia in early 2013. A trend of

borrowing, so that - among other signed

contract to Serbia mortgage an additional

EUR 640 million in the Chinese Exim Bank,

Chinese Corporation for Roads and Bridges

will build two highways: from Belgrade to

Cacak and Novi Sad and Ruma as a tunnel

through the mountain Fruska. Serbia will get

money from Chinese banks for 20 years, and

we will implement most of the projects of

Chinese companies and workers, while local

construction company to dispose of nearly

250 million euros. Despite huge public debt,

the government of Serbia is only in the last

two days of the 2012th when she decided to

borrow nearly a billion euros, bearing in mind

that it signed a contract with the Chinese

company agreed to build a highway for 330

million euros.

The Serbian is only 2012. was only for

11 months, the debt has increased by more

than three billion euros, never in the past 12

years as the debt has not jumped this year. We

literally borrowed more than 100 euros every

second during weekdays and holidays, as

taximeter, the debt grew and the only concern

is that speed can be accelerated, not slowed

down.

Another warning refers to interest that

Serbia must pay. According to the approved

budget for 2013. Serbia will only interest for

the next year will have to pay 900 million

euros.

2. THE UNSUSTAINBILITY OF THE

FOREGIN TRADE DEFICIT SERBIAN

The trade deficit in Serbia 2012. The

amount is close to 7 billion, which is 4.7%

Page 26: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

21

less than in the same period of the 2011.

Exported goods worth 10.36 billion dollars,

which is 4.4% less than in the same period

last year, while imports 17.19 billion, a

decrease of 4.6%. Export-import ratio was

60.3% and was higher than the same period

last year, when it stood at 60.2%.

In exports, the main foreign trade

partners, were Germany, Italy, Bosnia and

Herzegovina, Romania and Russia.

In imports, the main foreign trade

partners, were Germany, Russia, Italy, China

and Hungary.

The external trade was the largest of

the countries with which Serbia has signed

free trade agreements. The EU countries

account for more than half of total trade -

58.5%. The second most important partner of

Serbia to the CEFTA countries, with which

we have a trade surplus of about 1.21 billion

U.S. dollars, which is the result of increasing

exports of agricultural products and exports of

iron and steel.

Observed by countries, the largest

surplus was realized with former Yugoslav

republics - Montenegro, Bosnia and

Herzegovina and Macedonia. From other

countries, according to a surplus with

Romania and Slovakia. The largest deficit in

trade with China and with Russia. Follow

deficit with Germany, Italy and Hungary.

By sections of the Standard

International Trade Classification largest

share in exports were cereals and products

made from them with 777 million dollars,

electrical machinery and equipment - 766

million, non-ferrous metals - 626 million,

vegetables and fruits - and 500 million road

vehicles - 482 million.

The top five sectors with the highest

share of imports are petroleum and petroleum

products to $ 1.57 billion, road vehicles -

about a billion dollars, natural gas - 990

million, electrical machinery and equipment -

754 million, and medical and pharmaceutical

products - 646 million. Department

unclassified goods, which now includes the

goods in the customs warehouse, has a share

of total imports 7.3%.

3. INFLATION ARGET – MYT OR

REALITY

Economic growth, increased

employment and living standards, Serbia over

the next three years can only be done if you

reduce the deficit in the state budget, curb

inflation and the gap between the inflow and

outflow of money abroad. For price stability

is in charge of the National Bank. Its program

of monetary policy in 2013. NBS is

committed to the goal of 4% inflation, leaving

the possibility that fails by 1.5 percentage

points. In fiscal strategy for the next three

years, the Serbian government records that

will, in turn, do all to the growth rate in 2013.

be 5.5%, a year later, five, and in 2015. only

4.5%.

Presumably, the Central Bank will

cost the most disciplined 'fix' interest, which

has so far done. But if the state does not do its

part, by the amount of inflation in the future

we will be champions of Europe infamous. In

this case, it is particularly embarrassing, since

the desired economic growth, increased

employment and standards in the next three

years there will be nothing. The fight against

NBS relatively high inflation over the past

few years have been sufficiently successful.

Despite tight monetary policy, the growth rate

is regularly exceeded expectations.

Because of the restrictive monetary

policy, which will, in all likelihood, take in

the coming year given the high rate of

inflation this year could hurt the recovery of

production, employment and export growth.

Serious threat looming over the economic

reality of Serbia. Nime, and Ako in 2013. lose

time and seriously recover production,

increase employment and exports, justified

fear that we will experience a situation that is

similar to Greece's current economic

situation.

Against inflation can be successfully

dealt with only the central bank. In this battle

must be included antitrust, and the

Competition Commission should be given

much greater rights, but also a lot more

responsibility. In fact, Serbia has much more

serious to confront those retailers and

manufacturers who use the opportunity to be a

little on the market and raise prices as much

Page 27: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

22

as it suits them - behaving like a monopolist.

You need to apply experience from the world,

legal and practical solutions that can be

implemented decisively. Do not repeat the

situation to the Competition Commission

several times during the last period of a

decision to withdraw part of the proceeds

companies that use illegal Serbian market,

and other relevant institutions to later release

the company from liability.

Scope of monetary policy is limited,

because the Serbian market is ruled by two

currencies simultaneously - our U.S. and

Euro. Economic Policy Challenges Serbia in

2013. That in times of crisis must achieve

harmony between governments, central

banks, unions and employers. All should

agree that neither they themselves favor a

foreign currency, or Euro. It is a condition for

achieving the inflation target and preserve

monetary sovereignty.

In addition, it should be noted that the

inflation target difficult to achieve, if, in

conjunction with measures of monetary

policy, not the application of some measures

and fiscal adjustments. Bearing in mind that

an established large imbalance in the Serbian

economy, and foreign and domestic, so that a

realistic assumption that monetary policy will

not only be able to be successful in this effort

- especially as the only instrument of

monetary policy reference rate. It is true that

it affects the demand for money, but also

makes the economy access to bank loans. For

the money economy is already set, so the

bank probably continue to invest money in

the purchase of government securities.

In fact, the pending reform of Serbia -

can hardly be no significant changes to the

system, it is still sticking to the old Serbian

economic model that has produced the desired

results. This is confirmed by the fact that

industrial production makes up 13% of GDP,

which shows that it has been totally de-

industrialization, and still pushing the same

model - which in the long run simply

unsustainable. Serbia has in the past 12 years,

spent more than generating and hence all our

present and future troubles so far tapped the

last minute to take radical measures. For long-

term stability is needed fundamental reform

of the public sector, which can not be

disposed of, as well as tax reform. For its

implementation requires a general consensus.

However, the expectation is that the

full effect of the measures taken so far

monetary policy on inflation yet manifest, and

the NBS will in the future to assess whether it

is necessary to further monetary tightening.

The Executive Board of the NBS estimated

that inflation in the previous period, due

primarily to the extremely high growth in

food prices and the depreciation of the effects

of the increase in value added tax and excise

duties. Contributed to rising inflation and

high public spending in an election year, and

unfavorable developments in the international

environment. Specifically, from 9.5% at the

inflation growth from April to December

2012. - The contribution to food price

increases related to 6.6 percentage points.

This means that inflation in that period

decisively influenced by the growth of the

price, which was the result of low agricultural

production due to drought and a significant

increase in world prices of primary

agricultural products, and specific food

market in Serbia. Given the high share of food

in the consumer price index - 38.8%, inflation

in Serbia is the price shocks this group

particularly vulnerable.

In addition, because the existing

system solutions in our food prices are much

more volatile than in the neighboring

countries, as can be seen from their higher

growth in that period. Speed toward the goal

of returning inflation to a large extent depend

on the upcoming agricultural season - if it is

average, significantly reducing inflation is

expected from the second quarter of the 2013.

Possibly worse than normal agricultural

season could slow down the process of

reducing inflation. Recognizing that the

nature of the current inflationary pressures

crucially determined by the food market

instability, so we should be promptly

identified and implemented for measures that

would contribute to the stabilization of the

market and reduce volatility in food prices.

Page 28: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

23

4. SERBIAN GROWTH FORECAST IN

2013.

European Bank for Reconstruction and

Development (EBRD) announced in mid-

January that the improved forecast economic

growth in Serbia in 2013. by one percentage

point, to 2.1% respectively. As stated in the

January report, "Regional economic outlook,"

the EBRD economists expect a moderate

acceleration of growth in gross domestic

product (GDP) in the region, to 3.1% in 2013.

After a slowdown in economic activity in

2012.. EBRD Chief Economist Erik Berglof

said that for the first time after a long period

sees an opportunity to reduce the risk for the

region, especially due to the weakening of the

crisis in the euro zone. By Berglof: "It is still

too early to say that everything is fine, but

shows signs of stabilization." Serbia's

economy, the report said, is currently showing

a series of weaknesses, registered a decline of

2% of GDP in 2012. due to weak domestic

demand and the impact of the crisis in the

euro zone exports. This, together with

political uncertainty affected the confidence

and investment. The EBRD report was first

presented separately forecast for Kosovo,

which will be as expected, and international

banks, have a GDP growth of 3% in 2013.,

the largest in Southeast Europe.

In addition, it should be noted that the

arrangement will expire Serbia with the

International Monetary fond (IMF), which has

been frozen for almost a year. In Serbia, the

evident importance of the role of the IMF and

a potential new arrangement with the

institution, confidence-building and

stabilization in Serbia. Serbia's GDP to grow

by 2.1% in the second place, followed by

Albania with 2%, Bulgaria (1.9%),

Macedonia (1.8%), Romania (1.4%).

Montenegro, according to the EBRD,

could expect growth of 0.8% in 2013., and the

bottom of the list, Bosnia and Herzegovina,

with growth of 0.6%.

4.1. Penalties for Unused credits?!

In addition to the interest that the

government pays on loans, wage and penalty

fees for loans that are granted to her, and not

being used. Thus Serbia, according to the

Public Debt Administration, last year paid a

total budget of 429.5 million dinars just to

name a commission to approve and

Commitment in respect of borrowing.

Official figures show that there are

loans that are approved and before us five or

six years, and have not yet been fully

exploited. That, however, and that costs

money. However, some loans are withdrawn

in installments, so that the full amount and

can be used immediately.

The biggest problem with the delay in

the use of soft loans from international

financial institutions are unprepared for the

projects they are responsible for their own

debt. Therefore, not only are the investments

and is not relieved by ready money, but to pay

for it and - penalties.

According also to official data from

the European Investment Bank (EIB),

guaranteed by the Serbian, public companies

were used 80% of the totals contracted 924.5

billion in the past 10 years. With a guarantee

by the European Bank for Reconstruction and

Development (EBRD), the situation is even

worse: as of October, SOEs are pulled only

57.2% of the contracted 550.28 million.

When looking at direct obligations of

domestic companies, the EIB loan was

withdrawn less than half, only 49.1% of the

contracted 596.6 million. And these people

are borrowing, other than the Republic of

Serbia, and small and medium enterprises.

"Serbian Railways" is one of the

companies that did not fully utilize the

contracted loans from international

institutions. From the EBRD approved a loan

for Corridor 10 was withdrawn only a part.

The common interest of Serbian Railways and

the international financial institutions to

expedite all procedures, credit hire as soon as

possible and start decentralization of several

projects of modernization of infrastructure

and rolling stock. Among the companies that

are not fully contracted funds are withdrawn

Power Industry of Serbia, Serbia gas, "Roads

of Serbia", and the Republic of Serbia as the

borrower.

Page 29: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

24

Of 10.5 billion euros of the total

external debt, the name of the Serbian loans

taken by the European Investment Bank owes

1.42 billion. The total debt of the European

Bank for Reconstruction and Development

"heavy" is 375.5 million euros.

4.2. Fund development of serbian - major

state financial institutions

In 2012. were placed 19 billion from

the Development Fund of the Republic of

Serbia. RS Development Fund will provide

the economy in 2013. The soft loans with

longer repayment periods and lower interest

rates. The Fund is the largest state-owned

financial institution that is over five years

invested 13,450 loans worth 100 billion.

The objectives of the Fund are to

promote balanced regional development,

primarily undeveloped areas, encouraging the

development of small and medium-sized

enterprises, competitiveness and liquidity of

the economy and increasing exports of

domestic companies. In 2013. the Fund will

provide 12 billion in lending to the economy.

More than 80% of the loan fund is

intended for small and medium enterprises

and entrepreneurs and at interest rates that are

considerably lower than for commercial

banks. Unlike banks, which only take into

account only the economic viability of the

project, the Fund takes care of the social

justification of funding.

Newspapers that have been introduced

in the work of the Fund in 2013. The

rescheduling of the loan in order to keep the

economy and the growth of employment and

the provision of consultancy services to the

borrowers.

4.3. Subsidized loans for small and medium-

sized enterprises in 2013.

The Serbian government adopted a

decree on subsidized loans for liquidity for

companies. This year's quota is intended

economy will refer exclusively to small and

medium-sized enterprises. Loans will be

implemented after the Ministry of Finance

and Economy to sign contracts with all banks

in Serbia that are interested in this kind of

loan approval. Thus, as of 1 February

interested companies will be able to apply for

this type of loan. Liquidity is generally the

biggest problem of the Serbian economy, and

billions of euros, the state set aside to cover

the interest these loans, contribute

significantly to alleviate this problem at least.

Evidence of the last year has shown

that for this type of loan is a great interest, but

that the company used only for refinancing of

liabilities. Therefore, fear and open large

companies that have used the previous year

subsidized loans for liquidity will have to find

other sources of funding.

Last 2012. the further a certain amount

to subsidize the economy of 300 million

euros. Thanks to that banks had to sell foreign

currencies and sell dinars companies, which

resulted in the stabilization of the exchange

rate. That was the first part of anti-crisis

measures to help the economy. The bank

sanctioned loans with a grace period of five

months and 13 months of repayment, and

firms could use them for liquidity or

refinancing loans. The loan amount is

dependent on the size of the company.

Interest rates were the best on the market.

4.4. Exchange Rate

U.S. never ceases to surprise.

Expectations are that the U.S. will continue to

strengthen. Notice of the loans - all of this has

affected and affects the U.S. as the foreign

exchange market operates in the notice to be

foreign exchange.

Demand for foreign currency is

relatively small, and the dinars stable. Given

that favorable weather condition - in the sense

that it does not require large amounts of

energy supply, demand caused by missing

these seasonal factors, and on the other hand,

there is a certain interest of foreign investors

in local securities, all of which keeps the

course stable level.

It seems to be a realistic forecast that

the euro will be 108 dinars, which is based on

expectations of better economic situation in

Serbia, with economic growth of 2.1%. In

addition, the forecast is based on the

Page 30: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

25

expectation that the situation in the euro zone

will be relatively stable, as well as the

political situation in the country, the budget

deficit will be lower, and foreign direct

investment at the level of one billion euros.

Finally, in anticipation of a solid year for

agriculture. In support of the economic

situation and go to a new possible

arrangement with the IMF and further

progress of the process of European

integration.

Strengthening of the dinars should be

seen in both the short and medium term. In

fact, at some point the U.S. will have to

decline. As it was not realistic to weaken the

middle of last year, so not real strengthening

of the current exchange rate, because we have

high inflation differential between Serbia and

the euro zone, high budget and trade deficits,

and we have a strong economy that would fit

behind it.

4.5. Price increase energy impact of inflation

The announced price increase of

energy in the first quarter of 2013. should not

cause significant inflationary shock. The

announced price rise of about 12%, about 10

gases, heating for five to seven percent, will

directly affect the growth of inflation by about

1.2%. The indirect effect, however, will be

higher because traders will take advantage of

energy price hikes to increase prices of basic

foodstuffs, and chemicals.

Electricity price increase of 12%

direct inflation increases by 0.8%, gas for

heating and 0.1 to 0.2%, a larger price

increases should not occur due to the fact that

the purchasing power of citizens and demand,

very modest, a stable exchange rate.

On this year is not expected even

greater increase in the price of fuel, which is

one more reason that prices are suspended.

What, however, the concern is that we are

only halfway through the heating season, and

already announced another price increase for

heating and to increase gas prices by about

10%. Since half of a gas plant for which the

purchase price of heating account for more

than 70% of the money, it is reasonable to

expect that those accounts are heated with

district heating will be higher again. This

means that for a 60 square meter apartment

that is attached to the heating plant, and which

is now heating up costing about 6,500 dinars

increase accounts for about 300 dinars. At the

same time the average family of four who pay

a monthly fee of about 4,000 current dinars,

as of February, if the current rise by then, will

pay an increase of 12% to about 480 dinars

more.

Those that are heated in the furnace

TA at night and during the day dogrevaju, so

their monthly bills go up to 10,000 dinars will

pay expensive electricity for about 1,200

dinars. It is certain that if the price increase

was 10 and 12%, so that for a higher amount

in the account at the same number of kilowatt

hours, compared with nearly the same power

consumption, night and day. If, however,

there was a higher consumption in the red, the

most expensive area, as well as changes in the

relationship between the zones, and

automatically make consumers feel it in their

accounts. It is also certain that the power will

not be able to heat or households will also

receive free kilowatts. The average household

of four uses 350 kilowatt-hours, and those

involving about 1,500 heaters. From that they

receive from the state, will pay a fifth of the

account.

CONCLUSION

Inflation in Serbia has seen rapid

growth and at the end of last year was about

13%, reflecting the weakening of the dinars

and rising food prices caused by drought,

which has been badly affected agricultural

production.

The main challenges for the Serbian

government fiscal deficit and reduce public

debt, which has reached 60% of GDP, well

above the legally allowed limit of 45%.

European Bank for Reconstruction and

Development (EBRD) announced in mid-

January that the improved forecast economic

growth in Serbia in 2013. by one percentage

point, to 2.1% respectively.

Page 31: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | http://japmnt.com/

26

REFERENCES

1. Macroeconomic trends and indicators,

National Bureau of Statistics.

2. "Regional economic outlook," the EBRD

report of January.

3. Program Development Fund of the Republic

of Serbia in 2013.

Page 32: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 27 http://japmnt.com/

SMALL BUSINESS – ALTERNATIVE TO UNEMPLOYMENT

REDUCTION IN ECONOMY UNDER RECESSION

PhD Trajković Svetlana, Collage of applied professional studies, Vranje, Serbia

PhD Trajković Predrag, Mapro, Vranje, Serbia

MSc Milan Ivanković, Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Water Management, Department for rural development,

Belgrade, Serbia

Abstract: The decade long trend of

unemployment rate increase, reduction of national

income and salaries of the employees and demand

reduction implies the necessity for taking urgent

measures and counteracting the high inflation rate in

order to reduce the unemployment of both the younger

population as well as the elderly population (older than

50) which is often considered to be unneeded. More

active initiation of small business through

entrepreneurship, even self-employment can be an

impetus for healing the economy.

Education, financial support in the form of

favorable loans together with the fiscal policy of new

entrepreneurs can initiate entering into business of

people with the feeling, awareness and readiness for

innovative work and uncertainty, and those who are

ready to face the risk of anticipating future

developments and market turbulences which are

inevitable companions of modern business.

Key words: recession, small business,

unemployment, national income, salary, inflation,

entrepreneurship, business risk, fiscal policy

Introduction

The transition together wit all the side

effects, which accompanied the economy of

our country (economic isolation, hyper-

inflation, dirty, unfair and inefficient

privatization, tycoonisation etc.) totally

destroyed our economy and economic system,

so that we are returned to the economic level

of the prior decades in an economic sense.

Our economy is nowadays fully economically

devastated, with permanent decline in gross

domestic product paired with recession.

The Western Balkans faced new

recession in 2012, with the largest decline of

2.5 percent expected to target Serbia, while

the recovery will be fairly slow in 2013,

according to the World Bank statement. Debt

levels are too high in some countries.

Moreover, the level of our economy is

comparable to the economies of Albania and

Montenegro, which means that the debt is in

Montenegro, Serbia and Albania is reaching a

very dangerous level, especially in Albania

where it equals 60 percent of gross domestic

product, although it is rapidly growing in

Serbia and Montenegro. World Bank

forecasts for Serbia are the most pessimistic,

because our country has difficulties in

stimulating growth at a time when it seeks to

cut its growing budget deficit. Interview with

the coordinator of the World Bank for the

Western Balkans, Reuters Agency: Jane

Armitage 06/11/2012/1

The situation in our economy and the

whole society indicates a turning point, which

has only two options (to stop further

deterioration of our economy and turn the

curve in the direction of the progression of

GDP, decreasing the level of indebtedness,

reducing the budget deficit by reducing

unemployment or otherwise to experience

bankruptcy).

Small business development through

entrepreneurship makes one of the powerful

segments, which can stop further deterioration

of the economy, increase in production,

development of services directed to meeting

the needs of consumers, discovery and

development of new demand, and surely

employing the new population with

entrepreneurial visions, as well as motivating

the young people to awake their business

inclination for which they were even not

aware of.

Our country has significant natural

and human resources at disposal, although

they are quite destroyed in technical sense but

this is enough, if there is political will and

readiness of some departments to streamline

the functioning of national institutions for the

1 http://www.studiob.rs/info/vest.php?id=82392

Page 33: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 28 http://japmnt.com/

design and adoption of appropriate business

policies in order to be able to use what we

have and ensure cease of further economic

deterioration.

Entrepreneurship in business

Entrepreneurship is an economic

activity that is focused initiation; organization

and business innovation with the main

objective of creating new value that meet the

needs of people and the resulting profit.

Entrepreneurship is open to all areas and

spheres of human activity. Develops

creativity, enhances developments of ideas

and enriches human needs2.

Entrepreneurship is about creating

new values while taking the market risks,

which is full of uncertainty, in order to

satisfactions the customers or users of

products or services and the ultimate goal of

making profit. General elements relevant to

entrepreneurship observed by the means of

analysis of many definitions of this economic

phenomenon can be classified and expressed

in the form of:

- creativity and innovation,

- identifying and gathering of

resources,

- establishing of economic

organization-system and creating

of opportunities for profit and the

acceptance of risk and uncertainty.

Entrepreneurship requires certain

changes in business and management, as well

as managers, and configuration of certain

resources. This indicates the acceptance of the

claim that entrepreneurship is present and it is

reflected in the degree of change and

innovations /software’s, technology,

resources, management/

Schumpeter suggests categorization

of changes as a combination of responses to

the questions:

- Has new product or service been

found?

2 (Penezic N. PhD – 2003.): How to become an

entrepreneur - 2003.

- Are new methods and

technologies being employed?

- Have new target markets been

created?

- Have new sources of supply of

raw materials and resources been

used? and

- Are new forms of organizational

structure being employed?

For contemporary entrepreneurial

activity in the world and our business

communication the term business is used,

which symbolizes the individual or group

business ventures meeting production or

service market needs, in order to maximize

profits. In theory of marketing, the acceptable

concept is that the profits are result of the

quality of meeting the consular needs.

In the theory of economy, such

philosophy is not readily acceptable, but if

one meticulously analyzes the fact that the

customer is an individual investing his money

in order to satisfy his/her needs, he/she will

undeniably not participate in this game

without personal satisfaction. This indicates

that without profit there is no business.

New small enterprises emerge as an

effect of entrepreneurship, and they are

significant creators of new products (tangible

and intangible assets that meet the needs of

individuals, groups or overall economy),

which can be very important in changing the

people's lives. This economic activity can,

should and must result in the creation of new

jobs and economic structure of the system.

Entrepreneurship is usually initiated

with low capital, which makes a business i.e.

a small entrepreneurial activity which

furthermore enables monitoring of all the

factors relevant to the market hence making it

very flexible, to be able to rearrange their

business engagements. Small entrepreneurs,

when it comes to their ability of adaptability

and flexibility, their main advantage is that

they make decisions ahead of time, as well as

they are running first in realization, being

therefore the main precursors of innovation.

History of economics points out that

the world economies have always grew out

economic crisis by means of entrepreneurship

and small business, and therefore one should

Page 34: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 29 http://japmnt.com/

not ignore the opinion, that the small

enterprises are the entrepreneurial engine

of economic development, and even more,

that this business segment promotes private

ownership and entrepreneurial power -

readiness and ability to accept the risk which

is ever present in business, but it almost

always overcomes all obstacles on the road to

success. The dominating opinion accepted in

the economic literature which deals with

entrepreneurship, is that small enterprises are

synonym for the private sector and

entrepreneurship. The concept of

entrepreneurship development as an economic

segment that at least partly solves the

unemployment in a successful way and

contributes to increasing of the national

product, is present in Europe and worldwide,

which indicates that it can be applied to

Serbian case likewise.

Entrepreneur and his/her traits

Since the planning, organization and

implementation of activities that need to

happen in the future can not be fully foreseen,

the final outcome is uncertain. Even the

entrepreneur himself/herself invests own

capital with no guarantee that he/she will be

able to have it recovered, and certainly he/she

is expecting profits from his/her own work

and commitment of resources.

Creativity is reflected in the creation

of ideas, design of the model for the

implementation of the ideas and planning of

the conceptual design for the functioning of

the system. If a person wants to sail the

waters of entrepreneurship only by the means

of ownership transfer of a company, trying to

keep the rest as a whole, there is no

entrepreneurship. It can be said that this is

rather change in ownership structure, which

is abundant in our country, without success

and with many negative effects, which

constitutes one of the causes of this poor

economic situation and brings the economy to

the edge of bankruptcy.

Entrepreneurs are characterized by

specific features, such as: possessing the tank

of knowledge, skills and abilities, as well as

creativity, spirit of initiative, courage,

responsibility, dynamism, commitment to the

business and in particular perseverance and

persistence.

Several arguments indicate that

entrepreneurs ought to be knowledgeable and

skillful, especially in terms of entrepreneurial

decision making which should not be done ad

hoc, by intuition from case to case, but it

should be done based on previous research

and analysis of relevant factors affecting

future events and market changes. An

entrepreneur can not afford weak handling

within his/her business sphere, which is

selected and where overall resources are

employed in order to achieve the set goal. It

does not mean that, if an entrepreneur is a

person with appropriate knowledge, that

his/her career should be based on existing

knowledge. He/she should continuously learn

and acquire new knowledge that is up to date

with technical and technological development

of the society by getting acquainted to new

technology. A special segment of each

entrepreneur's knowledge pool allows him/her

to orientate entirely on the market, which

imposes the necessity to be completely aware

of the market and of all the market

participants. The focus of his/her interest must

be people with their character traits and

abilities.

Entrepreneurial knowledge and skills

are an important factor in work because of:

- easier coping the business

challenges,

- entrepreneur chooses the subject of

business and certainly that the focus is

on what seems to be acceptable,

- entrepreneurship and entrepreneurs

are present in all spheres of human

society, making profit and making the

driving force of human resource

development (education, upbringing,

providing security to partners).

The quality of entrepreneurs is a very

common topic in the theory of economic

analysis, and therefore we highlight Herper,

who lists eight different qualities of

entrepreneurs: / 3

- finders of new opportunities,

3 https :/sistes.google.com/site/

Page 35: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 30 http://japmnt.com/

- focused on the future,

- constantly trying to be the best,

- market-oriented,

- know how to appreciate their

associates,

- realistic,

- diligent and accepting all sorts of

jobs,

- full of life.

Education and discovering the entrepreneurial

spirit

In our country, majority of

entrepreneurs start the adventure of

businesses by inertia, sometimes out of

necessity, not knowing that they possess

unique gift for business. If a person is

business inclined i.e. owns skills of

entrepreneurs, it often come to know by

working hard usually a tedious job, that it is

possible not only to survive but also to

succeed in certain business job. Entrepreneur

is learning through work from the basic

content of business up to a level of being

capable to deal with. Due to business

commitments entrepreneurs do not have time

to develop professionally. Paradox of

entrepreneurial education is often seen here.

"Majority of entrepreneurial training

programmers take place at university or

through informal education, while the

majority of entrepreneurs are people with

primary and secondary education.

Entrepreneurs start to experiment and launch

different ideas and business options at a very

early phase in their lives because of their

spirit and proactive attitude.

Each business requires time and commitment,

which usually leads to the situation that many

entrepreneurs do not have time for a

university education and they tend to follow

various courses and seminars./4

On the other hand it is convenient to

mention that program curricula at our

universities and colleges are often not based

on the real needs. They have a more

theoretical approach without any specific

methodology for problem setting and solving.

4 /www.cdop.rs/2o11/03/podsticanje preduzetnistva

kroz edukaciju

Teachers are still practicing cabinet research

rather than field research. Students learn

about topics they do not truly need without

being capable of recognizing elementary

details. The curricula need to be adapted so as

to meet the needs of specific entrepreneurship

categories. We need more specialized

education with specific knowledge of a

certain level of entrepreneurship. It is needed

to have appropriate institutions offering

integral and systematic approach of

introducing entrepreneurship as a subject to

relevant authorities at all levels of the

education system. This opinion is based on

analysis of the current state of entrepreneurial

education in Serbia, which is the trend of

good practice in European countries, which

have introduced entrepreneurship into formal

education system. Hence, the government

would take a strategic commitment to develop

education about entrepreneurship, so that the

intention of development of entrepreneurial

education is consistent and logical.

If we introduce entrepreneurial

education at all levels, one should expect a

strong influence on the young population, by

raising awareness and encouraging

entrepreneurship so that entrepreneurial

education could serve to individuals for

starting a business, as well as it can initiate

innovation and entrepreneurial values.

Education can be organized as:

- vocational training, retraining and

additional training of existing staff,

- introduction of financial support

programmers for entrepreneurial activities,

- establishing of institutions for the

collection of information and other relevant

data,

- communication with the information

users in the form of information distribution,

- development and setting up of

entrepreneurial schools and colleges (business

schools, mostly in private hands, where

quality of knowledge that leads to success

should be offered and built, because the self-

employed are not going to invest capital in

the short term, but their main goal would be

creating the knowledge brand).

Page 36: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 31 http://japmnt.com/

Since we do not have the required

profile of teachers in the field of

entrepreneurship, it is necessary to define the

same and work on teacher education for

entrepreneurship.

Given the current state of our

economy, it is necessary to model the system

of economy based on the market economy as

soon as possible, monopoly must be

eliminated, and follow the laws of market.

The core of the economy should be

represented by privately owned small and

medium-sized enterprises as a basic form,

with emphasis on the rapid development of

manufacturing and service industries, for

which we have natural resources.

Administrative support for entrepreneurship

For many people, the motivation and

interest for entrepreneurship awakes at some

point, and then they initiate activities in order

to find out more about entrepreneurship (from

friends, reviewing literature, enrolling the

entrepreneurship courses). This phase is

relatively short and a decision on accepting

that the activity of the business is made. Some

people already have concrete ideas at this

stage and they know what they want and what

they are capable of, whereas a certain number

of others are keen to get to work, but they are

not certain about which direction to move

into. What is it, what the market needs and is

not covered? Can it animate the new needs of

consumers which would be satisfied through

its entrepreneurial activities?

Now the would-be entrepreneurs need

help and free support from the community,

because they are economically still not in a

position to invest in the quest for ideas, the

conceptual design of a business plan, i.e. a

preliminary comparative analysis of income

and expenses and anticipated profits, and

perhaps even not the registration activities -

companies.

In order to solve the problem, which is

expressed in the country's economic situation,

it is necessary to set up agencies for

animation entrepreneurship, which would be

engaged in providing free services.

Community for beginners - those who

are appearing for the first time to register an

enterprise should have gratis the following

activities:

to regulate simplification of business

registration in terms of legislation - less

forms,

to reduce as mush as possible the period

from submitting the application to

issuance of a permit and,

not to limit the possibility of registration

by requesting of the special conditions,

which often mean ban for of entry into

certain business (simply preventing

competition just selectively),

it is often happening here that entering

into some business is preconditioned by

requesting the profiled personnel and

equipment, as if it was not clear to us that

the entrepreneur, especially a beginner

does not have the funds to spend

unreasonably and engaging in illegal

activities and therefore the business is not

going to start before ensuring the quality,

to allow and request from entrepreneurs

to introduce internal self-audit in their

business and to preventively control their

business more frequent,

to allow achieving of the business

requirements phase by phase, where the

process of activities takes place

successively in stages, as there are no

funds available for investing into

equipment and staff, which are not likely

to be used perhaps in the coming few

years,

to organize and implement preventive

and more frequent control in the form of

advising for beginners in

entrepreneurship, certainly based on the

complexity and on the social importance

of the activity certain entrepreneur is

engaged in (working with people, food,

etc.).

Financial support of entrepreneurial business

In order to start a business, an

entrepreneur needs to have several qualities in

addition to personal qualities (inventiveness,

Page 37: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 32 http://japmnt.com/

courage, knowledge, readiness for self-

sacrifice and maximum commitment), he/she

also needs certain amount of financial assets,

depending on the conceptual design of the

activities relevant for the certain business. It

is difficult to ensure all the previous

conditions because of the following reasons:

loans from friends-acquaintances are

difficult to obtain because of the

economic situation, there are few if any

able to offer them them in various ways,

loans from commercial banks come with

a guarantee, which is usually difficult to

obtain for a young entrepreneur,

borrowing from relatives and parents is

possible but often insufficient,

alliance with friends and entering into a

partnership is possible, but it is often not

secure,

funds from seling of an asset if so, which

further increases the risk for young

entrepreneur, but it ensures motivation

for the maximum vigilance and

commitment.

Initial proposal for motivating

entrepreneurs in business:

normative regulation and organization of

financial support for the beginners by the

institutions - agencies from the fund that

should be established with the specific

purpose, which may take the form of:

grants, interest-free loans with a grace

period of several years, loans with a

favorable interest rate, competition

awards for creative ideas, assistance to

entrepreneurs from international funds

for the development of entrepreneurship

and employment, and in the case of

allocation of subsidized financial

resources it is necessary to establish

criteria that would apply to all. Practice

has shown in our country that such funds

are often provided selectively, which is

equal to crime, or even more that those

funds are spent inappropriately.

states must make a realistic strategy,

rather than a list of pledged desires for

entrepreneurship development, with

established principles and sanctions if the

recipient fails to comply with conditions,

which are foreseen in the employment

contract providing financial support for

entrepreneurship, it is necessary to

penalize personnel occupying positions

of decision makers regarding the

beneficiaries of the funds if they do not

respect the principles of business -

established policy,

it is necessary to have adequate control

over all funds involved in the

development of entrepreneurship,

because the experience in the Western

Balkans indicates a wrong approach to

the work entrusted to them.

the beginners should be made free of

paying the administrative fees, taxes and

contributions for at least for a period of

three years from the moment of the

business start-up,

criminal policy should be applied for

those who pretends to circumvent laws

by closing the existing enterprise and

they are always the beginners - it is a

crime,

customs policy should be used to

motivate the business beginners.

Regardless of the fact that it is a very

difficult economic situation, funds are always

available for promising ideas that guarantee

making profit, if a beginner in the business is

not able to realize their ideas otherwise.

Associations of small entrepreneurs need to

be set up with the sole task of funding the

good ideas and programs, which would

consequently motivate young people and

those able to commit to the creation of

inventive ideas.

There are populations that need more

help in the form of the development of social

entrepreneurship and the development of

women's entrepreneurship and others and this

should also be noticed and regulated by law.

Conclusion

Notwithstanding the importance of

small business as an entrepreneurial activity,

it seems that the most responsible people do

not understand the problem and the solution is

Page 38: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 33 http://japmnt.com/

missing for resurrection of the faltering

economy and the partial resolution of

unemployment reducing and the increase of

the people's purchasing power.

It is evident that the appropriate

authorities are aware of the situation in which

the people of this country is, and that we

know the importance of entrepreneurship as a

proven model in dealing with the recession.

Until now, much has been done to motivate

these activities. Business strategies have been

presented, as well as the financing and

development, but the actions are not taking

place. The funds, which have been obtained

from the international community for this

purpose, or they have been set aside in the

budget, are either not properly being directed

or they are often inappropriately being spent.

This suggests that our society did not provide

sufficient and appropriate actions by the

relevant institutions to support

entrepreneurship in the past. There was a very

unfavorable business climate, because many

institutional methods have been used to guide

the activities and resources of the big

companies, which have stifled

entrepreneurship. In these circumstances, it is

only hardly possible for the small business

newcomers to start a business, but it is even

harder to survive and succeed. Big companies

have not perceived small businesses as

manufacturers of the elements for finalization

of their products, and they were solving the

gap through imports and increased foreign

currency demand, which consequentially

caused the weakening of the value of our

national currency.

Competitiveness of small enterprises

is limited by the monopolistic policies of

large companies and a lack of funding, just as

it is also by the high costs of alimentation

funding and launching of entrepreneurial

activities. A particular problem is the

elimination of the effects of the market, not

because of the strength and quality of large

companies, but because of creating such a

business environment. The problem is the fact

that we do not have a sufficient number of

small businesses (entrepreneurs, managers)

who could present their activities to financial

institutions by using their skills. Even if

someone knows, acts he/she independently,

not being able to draw attention of the

institutions to him/herself.

It is necessary to establish associations

of small entrepreneurs through unions,

alliances or some branch organizations, so

that the joint approach draws attention of the

relevant merit institutions ready to support the

development of these activities while

community must get to understand the

importance of entrepreneurial business for the

economic recovery of the country by means

of its economic development strategy.

Reference

1. Klose, Alfred. Poduzetnička etika. Školska

knjiga, 1996.

2. Knoblauch, Jorg. Biti poduzetnik života. Step

press, 2002

3. Kolin, M. Paunovic, Z. (2007) Neprofitni

sektor i socijalna preduzeća u Milan

Podunavac (ed.) Godišnjak Fakulteta

političkih nauka 2007, Čigoja, Beograd;

4. Leburić, Anči i Mira Krneta. Profil

poduzetnika. Naklada Bošković, 2003

5. Lowe, Robin and Sue Marriott. Enterprise:

Entrepreneurship and innovation.

Butterworth-Heinemann, 2006

6. Moorman, Jerry W. and James W. Halloran.

Successful Business Planning for

Entrepreneurs. Thompson South-Western,

2006

7. Penezić N.- 2003 Kako postati preduzetnik-

2003.

8. www.cdop.rs/2o11/03/podsticanje

preduzetništva kroz edukaciju

9. https :/sistes.google.com/si

10. http://www.studiob.rs/info/vest.php?id=82392

11. https :/sistes.google.com/site/

Page 39: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 34 http://japmnt.com/

CONSUMER’S EMOTIONAL INFLUENCE & VISUAL

MERCHANDISING EFFECTS: SHOPPING MALLS

*PhD Ranjan Upadhyaya &** MSc Govind Nath Srivastava, India

Abstract – The research empirically examines

the impact of emotional influence in evaluation and

purchase decision with special reference to goods sold

in shopping malls. Various factors which influence the

consumer decision, such as ease offered by retailer to

customers in defining, selecting and purchasing the

product, brand value, utility of the product, reference

group, value for money, advertising and its appeal etc

are being critically analyzed and its impact is being

empirically assessed. Apart from all the factors,

emotion play a critical role in consumer decision-

making and it strongly influence the consumer’s

choices. Very little efforts have been done in the past

in order to understand the source of emotional arousal

in purchase decision. Emotions are subject to change

and it is subjective in nature. Emotions silently and

unconsciously drive the consumer’s decision at the

destiny, where customers intend to go. Emotions are

not necessarily permanent and it varies from customer

to customer and even for the same customer, it is

different, in different situation, so in order to be

successful in this hyper competitive business era,

organizations need to leverage emotions for business

success, for better brand value, customer satisfaction

and employee management

Key words- Emotional dynamics,

Neuromarketing, visual merchandising, Mannequins,

Emotion Driver.

Introduction

What & why customer buy is most

important aspect of consumer behavior? What

customers buy is well known facts and data

are available regarding consumption pattern

and frequency of the purchase. Why customer

buys is most difficult question of marketing,

this must be answered for diagnosis of

influences, and for incorporating these

influences in marketing mix strategy. The

rational decision making, which is being

based on price benefit relationship and

involves intensive information search have

very strong logical and sound justification

behind the purchase decision, but

unfortunately the consumer’s decision which

is driven by emotions, do not have such sort

of explanation, because emotional attributes

are highly qualitative in nature. Emotions

guide to specific judgment (Barrett and

Campos- 1987). Emotions can guide and

persuade consumers (Andrade and Cohen-

2007).The emotions are all those feelings that

so change men as to affect their judgments,

and that are also attended by pain or pleasure

(Aristotle-2004). Due to qualitative aspects of

emotions most of the retailers are not able to

incorporate emotional strategy in their

marketing strategy. Emotions matters and

emotional connect with the customers delivers

very strong edge to the firm over traditional,

rational appeal. Most of the customers hide

their true desire and emotion and that’s why

their decisions are unconsciously driven by

unspoken desire and emotions. The

customers, who are relatively more driven by

emotion, skip some of the important steps of

consumer decision making process and takes

decision in shortest span of the time. This

increases inventory turnover, return on asset,

and quick return on investment and reduces

inventory-carrying cost. It is no longer

enough to explain to customers what a

product can do for him, infact firm need to

win the emotion of the customer in order to

go deep inside in the heart and mind of the

new generation customers (emotion mics,

Dann Hills). Consumer decision-making also

depends on mood of consumers. Several

studies have shown that in a happy mood

customers are more driven by their first

feeling and emotion and they take quick

intuitive judgment. Intuitive decision-making

is characterized by sense by which customers

perceive an option better than another. The

customers are not necessarily able to find out

the source of this intuition. Sad individuals

are strongly persuaded by strong arguments,

but not by weak arguments, whereas happy

individuals are moderately persuaded by

strong as well as week arguments (Marieke D

Vries, Rob W. Holand and Cilia L.M. Witte

man, Psychology press). Bolte, Goschke and

Page 40: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 35 http://japmnt.com/

Kuhl, 2003 suggested that happy mood

individuals respond more intuitively than

those in bad mood. While choosing an option

from various alternatives customers may rely

on their intuition or customer may decide

deliberately by analyzing pros and cons of

different option before making final decision.

In the world of retailing today almost all the

firms are offering the same benefit and more

than hundred brands are available in one

product category so rational approach of

selling the product and product customization

will no longer deliver benefit to the firm.

Retail firms need to leverage the emotions for

grabbing business opportunity. As most of the

customer are not able to define the product

while purchasing the product and they do not

know exactly what they are looking for in

terms of colour, feature and benefit so firm

should integrate emotions with their

merchandising and visual display for

acquiring competitive edge over competitors.

It is also observed that women are relatively

more driven by emotional influence. Colour,

status of the person who wear a particular

dress in a party or social event, window

display, dress style of mannequin with related

items, fresh arrivals and new fashion

merchandise which is displayed through

fixture and attractive visual aids are account

for emotional arousal which ultimately drive

the purchase decision of customers. It is being

observed in the past that Actress of some

famous serials created a huge demand for

particular dress style and customers blindly

purchased the product without any assessment

regarding usage, quality and price of the

merchandise. In order to succeed in market

place retailer should align his merchandising

strategy with emotional strategy for catering

unspoken desire/ emotion of the customers.

Visual Merchandising as an Emotion Driver

Visual merchandising is the display

tools that transform shoppers into stoppers

and passers into buyers. It should be noted

that visual merchandising does not impose

any idea over customers and works as an

idea person and lead the emotion in the

direction where customers wish to go. As it is

believed that 80% of influence/impression is

created by sight that’s why mannequin and

window display is weightier than thousands

of the words. The impression of different

elements of visual merchandising such as

colour, light, merchandise, odour, sound is

different for different customers as impact of

this encounter is unique for each customer in

terms of emotional influence.

Elements of Visual Merchandising-

Window Display

Window display is like a visiting card

of the store and it is most controllable element

of the store in relation to image building.

Well-designed window display works like a

talking point and communicate with the

customers silently regarding merchandise

story. Attractive window displays not only

draw the attention of the customers and

creates first impression but it also entertain

pedestrians.

Real setting, Atmospheric setting, Semi

real setting, Abstract setting and whimsical

setting of window display creates different

impact over customer’s mind.

Colour

Medical science has proven that colours

have definite and various impact over the

nervous system. Colour can immediately

create the mood and it is biggest motivation

for shopping. Colours cheer us up whenever

we feel bad. Colours are associated with

human emotions and it is highly

individualistic. The problem for the visual

merchandiser is that each person may have

distinct reaction to the same colour. In the

vast and global market place there are cultural

and regional differences in colour preference.

Following are the general feeling of particular

colour.

a) Yellow- caution, cowardice,

treachery

b) Red- passion, love

c) Orange- knowledge, warmth, energy,

force

d) Violet- royalty, depression

e) Blue- fidelity, sobriety, fear

Page 41: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 36 http://japmnt.com/

f) Green- Wealth, outdoors, luck, nature

g) Brown- Maturity, humility

h) White- Purity, truth

i) Black- Death, sorrow, depression

Sources- (Swati Bhalla, Anurag S, Visual

merchandising)

Neuromarketing

Neuromarketing is emerging field that

utilizes medical technologies such as FMRI

(functional magnetic Resonance Imaging) and

EEG (Electroencephalography) to study the

brain’s response to marketing stimuli (P Raj

Devasagayam, Tara Maloney, DIAS

Technology review, vol-6, No-2, Oct-Nov-

2010). FMRI is used by researcher for

measuring the change in the activity of the

brain and to learn what part of the brain is

affecting decision and why consumers take

decision. As it is believed that brand choice of

the customers is based on sub conscious

thought process so Neuromarketing uses

traditional Neuroscientific method to map the

brain pattern against encounter between

stimuli and brain. It also analyzes impact of

these stimuli on consumer decision-making.

The Retailer need to do the research at sub

conscious level to know what customers are

thinking and why and neuromarketing is

believed to give answer of these questions. As

the participants is shown a particular

stimulus, his or her brain is monitored with

neuroimaging monitor such as FMRI, EEG,

PET, TMS, SCR Etc, . Any one of these

monitors can be used for brain mapping.

Eventually the brain pattern is interpreted by

determining whether or not person liked what

he was experiencing and up to what degree.

Views from the field of Neuroscience

1-“The essential difference between

emotion and reason is that emotion leads to an

action while reason leads to conclusion”

(Calne, 2000)

2-“Over 85% of the thought,

emotions and learning occur in

unconscious mind and it can be said that

reasoning strategies are defective

(Damasio, 1999)

3-“The wiring of the brain favors

emotions” (Ledoux, 1996)

(Sources- Advertising journal of Research,

March, 2009, John Pawle and Peter Cooper)

Objectives Of the study

1- To analyze the impact of emotional

influence in consumer decision-making.

2- To identify the most important

influence in consumer decision making

3- To judge the rationality of consumer

decision-making and to find out variation for

the same product category.

Literature Review

John Pawle and Peter Cooper used the

Lovemak grid and incorporated quantative as

well as qualitative insight for measuring

emotions. In their study they found that

actual contribution of emotional factors to the

brand decision-making is significantly greater

than functional factors and ranges from 63-85

% depending on product category. According

to John Pawle and Peter Cooper Human

behavior is is heavily influenced by emotions

not solely by reason. Consumers are highly

emotional and intuitive in their behavior,

operating through emotional center of the

brain directed by their heart and often

independent of conscious control (John Pawle

and Peter Cooper). Robert (2004) developed a

love mark grid in order to understand the

relationship between brand and consumer. In

his study he emphasized that brand not only

need to create respect but it should also earn

respect from customers. Heath-2001 argues

that brand decision is not wholly rational.

Consumers take the decision via senses,

emotions, instinct and intuition. He pointed

out that customers are physically incapable of

making decision based on purely rational

thinking. Kelvin Roberts in his study argued

that human beings are powered by emotion

and whenever there is conflict between

emotion and reason emotion always wins.

Myeong –GU-SEO and Feldman Barrett

analysed the impact of feeling (good or bad)

Page 42: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 37 http://japmnt.com/

over the decision-making performance. They

argued that decision making performance

depends on how people experience, treat and

use their feeling during decision making and

both functional and dysfunctional effects can

be simultaneously managed to maximize their

positive effects and minimize negative

effects. They suggested that affective feeling

can improve decision-making performance by

facilitating and even enabling decision

making process. Damasio (1994) pointed out

that feeling boost the conscious attention and

continued working memory required for any

reasoning or deciding pleasant and unpleasant

feelings can help decision makers to resolve

this dilemma by invoking distinguishable

frame of the mind. Blair Kidwell, David M.

Hardesty & Terry L. Childers argue that EI

and emotional processing play a crucial role

in highest quality of decision and emotional

processing have very strong influence on

consumer outcome. Jennifer S. Lerner

(Howard University), Seunghee Han and

Dacher Keltner Described the significance of

incidental emotion as well as integral

emotion. They defined the integral emotion as

a feeling that is related to judgment or

decision at hand. Marieke D. Vries, Rob W.

Holand, and Cilia L.M. Witte man in their

study argue that compatibility between mood

and decision strategy has very strong

influence over subjective value of decision

outcome. They Examined mood and intuitive

Vs deliberative decision-making. In their

study they mentioned that Deliberative

decision-making is cognition based, precise

and slow. Deliberative decision makers take

their time to thoroughly analyze the positive

and negative aspects of different options.

Luisa Andreu, Enriquebigne, Ruben

Chumpitaz and Valerie Swaen investigated

the impact of retail environment in two

different retail setting (shopping center and

traditional retail area. They established the

linkage between retail environment, emotion,

satisfaction level and behavioral intention of

consumers. They formed three-dimensional

construct for analyzing behavioral intention.

Baron et al described the concept of Retail

Theater for creating pleasant experience for

increasing satisfaction level and loyalty

among consumers. Wakefield and Baker

(1998) found that physical environment play a

very crucial role in determining consumer’s

desire to remain at shopping area. The way

consumer experience emotion determines his

behavioral intention (Yach and Spangenberg-

2000). It is pointed out that Positive emotion

creates approach behavior while negative

emotion produces avoidance behavior. Mooy

and Roben-2002 in their study found that

customer wish to touch the product for better

evaluation and purchase decision. On the

other hand Argo, Dahl and Morales-2006

demonstrated that customers do not want the

product to be touched by the others that they

would like to purchase and view touched

product as a negatively contaminated. Jenifer

J Argo, Darren W. Dahl and Andrea C.

Morales examined that when physical contact

between the product and another person

creates positive outcome for consumers and

how consumers respond when other people of

varying level of attractiveness touch the

product that they wish to purchase.. They

brought new insight regarding impact of

attractive social influence in consumer

decision-making and mentioned that a highly

attractive contact source and received

consumer must be of opposite sex for positive

contagion to occur. Male consumers are more

influenced by attractiveness level of another

woman and that female consumers are more

influenced by attractiveness level of another

man (Abbey1982, Buss 1989). Learner and

Keltner (2000, 2001) used appraisal tendency

Framework (ATF) as a basis for describing

the effect of specific emotions on judgment

and decision making. Ingrid Smithey, Fulmer

and Bruce Barry identified neural system for

incorporating integral emotions and

controlling incidental emotions.

Hypothesis

a) H1- Consumers primarily take

emotional decision driven by emotion

b) H2- Consumers spend less time in

Intuitive decision driven by emotions.

c) H3- Consumers feels joy and

satisfaction in post transaction driven by

emotion.

Page 43: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 38 http://japmnt.com/

Research Design

A structured undisguised questionnaire

is used and sample sizes of 200 were taken for

study. Both male and female respondents

were taken in order to minimize the impact of

gender bias. Data are analyzed through SPSS.

In the study dependent and independent

variables were identified. Consumer’s

judgment and purchase evaluation is

dependent variable while social influence

(Attractiveness of contact person),

compassion, atmospheric, retail setting,

temperature, music, colors, odor, décor,

window dishplay, anger, fear, pride, affection

etc is independent variable. Respondents were

asked to assess their feelings on five point

likert scale in order to find out that when

customers felt joy, anger, fear, contentment

and disgust.

Scope of Research

This research empirically analyzes the

impact of emotional influence in consumer

decision making for goods in different retail

setting. This study can be further extended for

variety of the goods and most importantly the

sources of emotional arousal for each product

category can be identified. As in a retail

setting different factors such as decor, light,

color, odour, music, contact person, window

display are accountable for emotion formation

among the consumers so an effective emotion

matrix can be developed in order to

incorporate this matrix in sensory marketing.

Analysis and Discussion

Total 200 questionnaires were

distributed among the customers in a different

retail setting as each shopping mall have

different architectural design, lay out and

window display. Finally 175 questionnaires

were found usable. Apart from SPSS analysis

tool, pie chart is also used to analyze the data.

Total 16 questions were asked to respondent

to analyze the impact of senses, emotional

influence over customer decision making.

Majority of the customers admitted that they

are strongly driven by their senses in purchase

decision and sight is most important influence

which energies customers to purchase the

goods. Most of the respondent said that they

give priority to first impression in purchase

decision. We also felt in the research that

fragrance, music, light is very important

source of emotional arousal and it influence

consumer decision making up to great extent.

It was also found that most of the customers

take intuitive judgment.

Limitation of the Study

This study is heavily depends on

analysis of feelings of just 175 respondents in

retail setting. As emotion is very subjective in

nature and most of the customers may not be

able to express their feelings exactly so the

result may not be absolutely accurate. Lastly

this study can not be generalized as study is

conducted in NCR region only and emotion

driver, drive the emotions of consumers based

on geographical location.

Page 44: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 39 http://japmnt.com/

Interpretation of the data

Table-1

How strong you are driven by your senses in purchase decision?

Particulars Frequ

ency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Strongly driven 94 47.0 47.0 47.0

Rarely 52 26.0 26.0 73.0

Moderately 52 26.0 26.0 99.0

Not at all 2 1.0 1.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-2

Which of five senses hold you most during purchase?

Partic

ulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid See 118 59.0 59.0 59.0

Smell 10 5.0 5.0 64.0

Touch 28 14.0 14.0 78.0

Hear 14 7.0 7.0 85.0

Taste 30 15.0 15.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-3

Do you follow what your senses say during purchasing & up to what extent?

Particul

ars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Always 68 34.0 34.0 34.0

Rarely 62 31.0 31.0 65.0

Sometim

es

68 34.0 34.0 99.0

Never 2 1.0 1.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Page 45: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 40 http://japmnt.com/

Table-4

How much passionate you are about your favorite colour in purchase decision?

Particul

ars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Very

Deeply

72 36.0 36.0 36.0

Moderat

ely

102 51.0 51.0 87.0

Rarely 24 12.0 12.0 99.0

Not at all 2 1.0 1.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-5

Are you ready to spend more money to get your favorite colour?

Partic

ulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Yes 130 65.0 65.0 65.0

No 70 35.0 35.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-6

How much passionate you are about your favorite music?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Very Deeply 96 48.0 48.0 48.0

Rarely Matters 62 31.0 31.0 79.0

Moderately 42 21.0 21.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-7

How much you are driven by your favorite fragrance in purchasing cosmetics?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Strongly 80 40.0 40.0 40.0

Moderately 74 37.0 37.0 77.0

Sometimes 42 21.0 21.0 98.0

Not so

effective

4 2.0 2.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Page 46: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 41 http://japmnt.com/

Table-8

Do you feel that music, and fragrance in the shopping mall energies you for purchasing more?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Strongly

agree

56 28.0 28.0 28.0

Agree 106 53.0 53.0 81.0

Disagree 32 16.0 16.0 97.0

Indifferent 6 3.0 3.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-9

Do you get more satisfaction when you purchase the goods based on first impression rather than

deliberately analyzing the pros and cons of product?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Strongly agree 26 13.0 13.0 13.0

Agree 110 55.0 55.0 68.0

Disagree 54 27.0 27.0 95.0

Indifferent 10 5.0 5.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-10

How strong are you in distinguishing or identifying stimulus, when you are given blindfold?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Always 18 9.0 9.0 9.0

Most of times 82 41.0 41.0 50.0

50-50 82 41.0 41.0 91.0

Rarely 18 9.0 9.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-11

Are you so strongly driven by your senses that you overlook your budget?

Particulars

Frequency Percent

Valid

Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Mostly it happens 54 27.0 27.0 27.0

50-50 58 29.0 29.0 56.0

Sometimes it

happens

64 32.0 32.0 88.0

Never happens 24 12.0 12.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Page 47: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 42 http://japmnt.com/

Table-12

Do you go for analysis of price benefits when you find it as priority of your taste?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Always 58 29.0 29.0 29.0

50-50 98 49.0 49.0 78.0

Rarely 36 18.0 18.0 96.0

Never 8 4.0 4.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-13

How many times conflict takes between emotions & reasons in purchase decision?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Always 22 11.0 11.0 11.0

Sometimes 130 65.0 65.0 76.0

Rarely 40 20.0 20.0 96.0

Never 8 4.0 4.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-14

How much time you take to make purchase decision when you are emotionally driven?

Particulars

Frequency Percent

Valid

Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Spontaneously 46 23.0 23.0 23.0

Discuss and consult with

friends

96 48.0 48.0 71.0

Think of pros and cons 50 25.0 25.0 96.0

Try to contect user/users 8 4.0 4.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Table-15

How emotional influence is important for you and it affect your purchase decision?

Particulars Frequency Percent Valid Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Very important 36 18.0 18.0 18.0

Moderately important 110 55.0 55.0 73.0

Not important 38 19.0 19.0 92.0

Indifferent 16 8.0 8.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Page 48: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 43 http://japmnt.com/

Table-16

Do you give priority to emotion over reason during the purchase decision?

Particulars

Frequency Percent

Valid

Percent Cumulative Percent

Valid Always 18 9.0 9.0 9.0

Sometimes 104 52.0 52.0 61.0

Rarely 24 12.0 12.0 73.0

Never 16 8.0 8.0 81.0

Both emotion and reason

are equally important

38 19.0 19.0 100.0

Total 200 100.0 100.0

Conclusion

Most of the customers hear to their

emotion while taking decision that’s why

their decision is primarily driven by the

emotion and emotional influence play a very

important role in consumer decision making

process. It is also found from the research that

intuitive decision driven by the emotion

provide more post purchase satisfaction and

pleasure .It is also found during the study that

emotion based decision take less time in

purchase decision as compared to reason

based decision making.

Reference

1) John Pawle and Peter Cooper ‘Measuring

Emotion-Love marks, the future beyond brands’,

Journal of advertising Research-March-2006,

2) Lisa Feldman Barrett ‘Being emotional

during decision making good or bad? An empirical

investigation’, Academy of management journal, 2007,

volume-50,

3) Blair Kidwell, David M. Hardestyand Terry

L.Childers ‘consumer emotional intelligence’,

Advances in consumer research, vol-35, 2008

4) Lennifer S. Lerner, Seunghee Han and

Dacher Keltner ‘Feelings and consumer decision

making-Extending the appraisal tendency framework’,

Journal of consumer psychology

5) Marieke Dvries, Rob W. Holand and Cilia L.

M. Witteman ‘Fitting decisions: Mood and intuitive

deliberative decision strategy’, Psychology press

6) Jennifer J. Argo, Darren W. Dahl and Andrea

C.Morales ‘Positive consumer contagion: Responses to

attractive others in a retail context’, Journal of

marketing research, vol-xlv, dec-2008, pp-690-701

7) Ingrid Smithey Fulmer and Bruce Barry

‘Managed hearts and Wallets: Ethical issues in

emotional influence by and within the organisation’,

Business ethics quarterly 19.2, April-2009

Page 49: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 44 http://japmnt.com/

EMPLOYER BRAND AND ANALYSIS OF INDIVIDUAL POTENTIAL

PhD Ljiljana Stošić Mihajlović, Collage of applied professional studies, Vranje, Serbia

Abstract: As companies and individuals to

live their best release? What should companies and

individuals were the most successful? What job would

bring the most satisfaction and opportunities for further

development? What would be the fastest way led to the

realization of corporate goals and their own?

Answers to these questions can be obtained

through analysis of employer brand and Analysis of

individual potential (AIP). Employer brand analysis

and analysis of individual potential is the process of

identifying the strengths and potential of the company

as well as a person. In this way, determining what it is

that a company or person works best, how to motivate

people and to the field of application of discovered

talent. The main objective of this procedure is the

development of an overall as well as personal and

professional development of individuals in the

direction of those activities and areas that will bring

long-term satisfaction. Keywords: employer brand, the analysis of

individual potential, organizational culture

INTRODUCTION

The easiest way to find out the answer

to the question of whether to Serbia

recognizes the importance of employer brand

is to be flipped Newspapers and look for job

listings. We will see that most multinational

companies are concerned about their own

brand, and in many local companies, there is

still not the case. Often we come across

advertisements that contain only a job title, a

list of tasks and requirements that students

must meet. Those ads do not give any

information about the employer, the employer

who is, what it stands for and what we offer to

the successful candidate. On the ads we

encounter partly because certain employers do

not consider the role that the brand has in

attracting and retaining appropriate candidates

because they want to save it by taking a

smaller inventory. [1]

However, you should know that in this

case the big question when and how to attract

a given position, and the cost generated by

selecting the wrong candidate is much greater

than the cost of an adequate advertising.

However, this is not the most serious flaw,

even bigger omission is based on the ad to

show that the employer does not comply with

certain legal provisions, such as for example

the prohibition of discrimination, well, let's

say, clearly states the age limit up to which

the applicant may apply. Are you in this case

is that the employer does not have a full

Labour candidates or bills that do not know

the legal provisions or is a habit that in

Serbia, many laws are passed, but few are

implemented and respected. Whatever it

comes to know that unnecessarily put

themselves at risk to be punished with fine

which may amount to a million dinars, or

prohibition of activity, in the worst case. In

this regard, the analysis of individual potential

involves the following steps: determining

personality traits, motivations, talents, values

and inhibiting efficiency.

FIRST EMPLOYER BRAND

Brand actually make intangibles such

as perceptions, emotions and associations that

exist in one's mind of the employer. The

ultimate goal in creating the brand is

attracting and maintaining customers just as

in this case, the consumer current or future

employees. The brand has become a tool for

attracting, hiring and retaining candidates.

Reflects the core values and vision of the

company, an offer that is unique and different

from the competition and meaningful message

that is sent to the target group.

1.1. Of which depends on the success of the

brand?

The most important prerequisite for

the success of the brand's credibility. The

brand should reflect the organizational culture

firm. If the brand is not consistent with the

organizational culture CCE candidates will be

drawn on the basis of false images and

promise, which is also a waste of time and a

waste of money. Brand should not be based

primarily on what the company aspires to

that, but first of all on what the company is,

Page 50: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 45 http://japmnt.com/

because it is based on an employer's ability to

fulfill the promise. In a word, the employer

needs to understand their organizational

culture, to turn into a brand that employs and

in accordance with it.

SECOND TYPES OF ORGANIZATIONAL

CULTURE

There are several different divisions,

but it is most useful division of the following

types of organizational culture [2]:

First guild,

Second ad hoc,

3rd hierarchical, and

4th market.

Key values that are in the clan culture

insists the unity, harmony, background, taking

part in decision-making, teamwork, loyalty,

trust.

In an ad hoc organizational culture

insists on entrepreneurship, innovation,

creativity, adaptability, flexibility, tolerance,

and all because they are looking for new

markets and new development opportunities.

Hierarchical organizational culture deals with

herself and poorly directed outward, turn the

key values, rules, monitoring and control.

Market organizational culture

develops competitive spirit and orientation on

performance, and the highest value is to

achieve results.

How to determine the organizational

culture of their own companies? The

organizational culture of most companies is in

fact a mixture of two or more cultural type,

where, however, stands one who dominates.

Setting up simple questions such as: what are

the relationships in our company, as the work

is done by us, who can advance in the

company to help us determine our

organizational culture. How important is it to

know its own organizational culture and

recruit according to her is the fact a recent

survey according to which 75% of the main

reason for the failure of the executive director

does not indicate a lack of expertise, but their

incompatibility with the organizational

culture of the company. This fact is not

surprising since all the employees and

management have to live the brand or

company organization culture and

contribution to the chief executive (CEO) is a

critical and invaluable, it has to be a model

corporate value. The person making the

recruitment and selection should assess how

the candidate fits into the organizational

culture of the company. The assessment is

made on the basis of the knowledge of the

value system of organizational culture on the

one hand and the value system of the

candidates on the other.

Attempts to define organizational

culture through the key competencies at the

corporate level and seeking candidates with

competencies date have failed. If a company

believes that its organizational culture reflects

teamwork, communication and interpersonal

skills that is too broad framework for

decision-making, as all companies require

teamwork and communication skills and

interpersonal skills, while in terms of

organizational culture are different. Recently

there has been in the United States tested a

new instrument assess cultural fit titled

"Culture link" that provides reliable

information to the employer's organizational

culture and on the candidate's work style,

specific approach and philosophy of life and

their compatibility with the employer's

organizational culture.

There are several ways to display the

value system of candidates, but it is most

useful for practical purposes, it scales from 32

values on which candidate should be self-

assessment. According to the scale candidate

can be important different things such as

achievement, advancement, authority, balance

between professional and private life,

belonging, contribution, creativity, nursing

homes, enjoyment, excitement, fame, family,

freedom, friendship, professional

development, independence, integrity,

knowledge, loyalty, money, success, power,

quality, recognition, religion, security, self-

realization, kindness, spirituality, stability,

teamwork and victory. [3]

It is important that the candidate be

offered employer to recognize in addition to

psychological and material gain, and

emotional income. Recall that research has

shown that the salary in the last place on the

Page 51: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 46 http://japmnt.com/

list of reasons why employees leave the

company.

3. ANALYSIS OF POTENTIAL OF

INDIVIDUAL

The analysis procedure of individual

potential is created within the Institute for

Cognitive Management in Stuttgart. In our

country it is conducted by psychologists these

centers, certified for application of this

procedure.

Analysis of individual potential

involves the following steps: determining

personality traits, motivations, talents, values

and inhibiting efficiency.

Personality traits - a person's tendency

to act in a certain way. In the process of AIP

is very important to determine whether our

talents based on relevant personality traits.

Motivation - gives us the answer to the

question: What drives us? Why we do certain

activities? Motives can sometimes be

functional (positive) and functional

(sabotaging). Applying AIP to determine

what it is that drives a person and whether it

is useful for her.

Talent - an ability of a person to an

activity performed better than all the other

activities that may take place. Talents, defined

through AIP, and they all have the need to

find them. They can be cognitive, verbal,

creative, social, motor ...

Value - indicates the field of

application of our talents. They show us why

it is important and significant that we do what

we do. In choosing our area further

development, values play a very important

role.

Blockade efficiency - indicate thinking

and behavior that we can block and impede

the development of their own potential. One

of the tasks of the AIP and identifying them

and giving suggestions for overcoming them.

3.1. The analysis procedure of individual

potential

The procedure involves AIP specially

structured interview aims identify talent,

motivation, values and inhibiting efficiency,

while personality profile is determined

personality tests. An integral part of this

process is the part of the reporting and

advisory services, with particular emphasis on

the application of specific talents and areas

for further professional and personal

development of the person.

AIP is intended:

a) Individuals who want to make a

decision about a career change, further

professional training and development.

b) Companies that want to optimize

operations through better knowledge of its

employees, through this process the company

will provide useful information about

employees on the basis of which they can

make decisions on promotion and

development of personnel.

People who complain and grumble all

day long they can live longer than others,

according to a research group of German

scientists at the University of Jena. Scientists,

who have been followed more than 6,000

patients, have come to the conclusion that

people who tend to express negative mood are

less affected by physical or mental illness,

reported today the French media.

In contrast, people who hold negative

emotions in themselves are vulnerable to

cardio-vascular disease, high blood pressure,

cancer or kidney disease.

The scientists, whose research is

published in the scientific journal JHP (Health

Journal Psychologies), however, did not

specify how many years the "advantages" of

those who express a bad mood, but noted that

it is good for people to express negative

emotions.

4. INTRODUCTION ENTERTAINMENT IN

ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE

STRONGER EMPLOYER BRAND

Entering the entertainment business

stronger employer brand which increases the

company's ability to attract quality candidates,

and employees become more satisfied, more

engaged and motivated, and to a greater

extent invest in the company. Then, reduce

Page 52: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 47 http://japmnt.com/

the amount of stress at work, increase team

spirit all of which contributes to a longer

retention of employees in a company or in the

absence of fluctuations are reduced. With all

that fun at work starts increasing productivity

and creativity, and all together it has a

positive impact on the profitability of the

company. That these are not idle claims

testify studies conducted on the subject.

4.1. The desirability of fun at work

The group of American university

professors has conducted research on the

desirability of fun at work among senior

students. The results were published in a

publication called "The fundamental role of

entertainment at work in attracting

candidates" ("The Fundamental Role of

Workplace Fun in Applicant Attraction" issue

of Journal of Leadership & Organizational

Studies, 2012). The study involved nearly

four hundred university students at three U.S.

universities. The subjects were asked to read

and evaluate the desirability of different ads

for the fictitious company's business, which is

called for recently graduated candidates.

Ads have differed among themselves

as to whether it offers fun on the job, earning

prestige or the possibility of rapid

advancement.

After you read the ad respondents

answered a series of questions in terms of the

extent to expect that the work will be

interesting and fun, assess the extent that they

fit into the organizational culture of the

company and what would be likely in real life

to report on one such ad.

The results showed that the extent to

which respondents perceived to have a fun job

positively influence their decision to apply for

jobs and assessment to fit right into the

organizational culture of the company. Also,

the extent to which respondents perceived to

have a fun job has a greater positive impact

on their assessment that would fit right into

the organizational culture of the company

compared to the profit or prestige possibility

of rapid advancement.

Nevertheless, the results are related

primarily to those who are just entering the

labor market so that they can not be

generalized. Therefore, the conclusion that

can be made is that the offering as an integral

part of the entertainment business and one of

the key corporate values should be the main

way to recruit graduates. In support of this is

the fact that in 2012. The Google ranked first

company on the Fortune 100 list of the most

desirable companies to work for you (2012

FORTUNE "100 Best Companies to Work for

it), among others, and because the company

did make it fun to be a part of doing business

with the firm.

After all that has been said, the

question that arises is how to enter the

entertainment business, entertainment and do

business. [4]

4.2. Creating fun at work

There are countless ways you can

become a fun part of the job. But here are

some suggestions that can be found on the

Internet [5]:

1. Give each employee a certain

freedom and resources to design decorate

their work space and that in a way that you’re

personal touch. Then select the best decorated

corner commending the work of originality

and creativity.

2. Use bright colors in the interior.

Color bar are not expensive and can

significantly improve mood.

3. Place the posters on the walls. Faces

of celebrities can be replaced by a person

employed who seems ridiculous, but also

motivating.

4. Make a party on the occasion of the

upcoming holidays are a great opportunity to

socialize employees.

5. Celebrate success; treat yourself

with cookies or other food.

6. Enter the day of wacky clothing.

7. Declare open day for pets, children,

parents.

8. Smile. Rejoice. If you as a manager

moody and lethargic so will everyone around

you.

9. Set up a playroom in the room

where people spend a break or lunch.

Page 53: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 48 http://japmnt.com/

10. Play music and organize dance or

karaoke party. Capture and record all the

ridiculous poses.

11. Enlist a professional photographer

to take pictures of your employees, and most

successful showcase photos in a prominent

place.

12. If your employees wear uniforms

stitched to order an original, fun, funny

uniform.

13. Enter a pause of several minutes

for the collective exercise or relaxation.

Namely, what are unexpected are the

new and fun, and everything that the child be

employees or customers instead adult. For

example, if training on communication call in

the usual way as communication skills that

may seem boring as something that has

already seen a hundred times, but if they have

the skills and tactics training call, then it

sounds more interesting.

CONCLUSION

For employers to decide whether to be

an employer of choice or compulsion. And to

remind you, to what we have noted in the

previous issue dedicated to the concept of

social responsibility of the company to play

an increasingly important role in building

brand employer.

In any case, all that fun has the power

to initiate energy, attract and motivate why

should plan to bring entertainment into the

organizational culture of the company and

make the job fun because it's one of the ways

to attract and retain quality people in your

company, especially when it comes of young

people who are entering the labor market and

who are generation Y.

REFERENCE

1. Mihajlović, S. Lj. ( 2011) Marketing, VŠPSS,

Vranje.

2. Mihajlović, S. Lj. (2012) Organizacija

poslovnih sistema, VŠPSS, Vranje.

3. Subotić, D. (2009) Poslovna etika i veština

komuniciranja, Beograd

4. Cvetković, Lj. (2008) Poslovno

komuniciranje,MB Grafika, Niš.

5. www.singipedia.com pristup: 28.12.2012

Page 54: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 49 http://japmnt.com/

TOURIST PROFILE OF YOUNG-ADULTS IN MACEDONIA AND

THEIR PERCEPTION OF E-TOOLS

PhD Biljana Petrevska, Assistant Professor, Faculty of Tourism and Business Logistics, Goce Delcev” University - Stip,

Macedonia, e-mail: [email protected]

Abstract: The paper intends to create a tourist

profile of young-adult consumers as well as to

examine their attitude towards e-tools. More

precisely, the study examines how young people

percept the Internet as rapidly evolving medium,

and do they use the on-line social networks (OSN)

in sharing experiences. In both cases, the main

research area is tourism and travel. So, the aim and

objective of the paper are to determine a tourist

profile among young population in Macedonia and

simultaneously to determine the level of application

of e-tools. For this purpose, a survey was conducted

among undergraduate students. The results point to

interesting conclusions regarding travel habits and

interests, planning activities, type of

accommodation, preferences and other data that

support the created tourist profile. With regards to

research hypotheses, the outcomes confirm solid

causality between tested variables concluding that

young population in Macedonia use e-tools for

travel and tourism purposes. Such findings one may

find useful for tailoring strategies to the specific

characteristics and initially created tourist profile of

young consumers in Macedonia.

Key words: Tourist profile; Young-adults; Internet;

OSN; Tourism.

1. Introduction

There is an inevitable relationship

between tourism and information.

Moreover, it is a widely‐recognized the

fact that information and decision‐making

have become the foundation for the world

economy (Wang, 2008).In the other side,

bigger number of tourists and travelers also

means potential source for strengthening

the national economy. However that is not

a trouble-free process, particularly in

turbulent environment. Moreover, by

mediation of digital environment, it is

noticeable the obvious tourists’

transformation from“passive audiences” to

“active players” (Prahalad and

Ramaswamy, 2000). A noteworthy change

was made from just passive searching and

surfing to creating content, collaborating

and connecting. Hence, the development of

the Internet and the on-line social networks

(OSN) empowered the "new" tourists who

became knowledgeable and ask

exceptional value for their money and time

(Buhalis and Law, 2008).

Whether a potential tourist will be

interested in a certain item depends on the

preferences. Although may sound fragile,

but the vast majority of today’s tourists

know exactly what they are looking for.

They are very demanding and have

complex, multi-layered desires and needs.

Today’s so called “postmodern tourists”

have specific interests and individual

motives which results in tailored made

tourist products according to their

particular preferences. They are often high

experienced in travelling and demand

perfect tourism products rather than

standardized ones.

In this line, each generation has a

different motivation for travel and tourism.

The seniors want to be active, feel useful,

and meet with other people to gain new

friends (Ekerdt, 1986). The young people

want to gain new skills, to be part of the

community and to enjoy life. Being ICT

literate, they use the technology for various

purposes. So, in Macedonia 92.1% of

computer users aged 15-24 years, are

registered that have ever used a computer.

Among them, 89.0% are Internet users

with high and exceptional frequency of

86.0% of Internet usage on daily basis.

Furthermore, from all activities on the

Internet (like: e-correspondence;

telephoning; reading or downloading

online news; finding information about

goods or services; listening/watching

radio/TV; playing or downloading games,

images; Internet banking etc.), 89.7% goes

on posting messages to chat sites, OSN,

Page 55: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 50 http://japmnt.com/

blogs, newsgroups or online discussion

forum and use of instant messaging.

Among all user groups aged between 15-

74, the group consisted of young

population between 15-24 years use the

most mobile phones or smartphones

representing 77.8%. They even access the

Internet away from home via mobile

phones or smartphones in 28.1% (State

Statistical Office, 2012: 5-6). So, it is easy

to conclude that Facebook, MySpace,

Twitter, Friendster, Bebo or some other

OSN supported by mobile device are

among favorite things the youngsters in

Macedonia are addicted to. Generally, to

this conclusion one may add regional or

even world approach.

This study, specifically intends to

answer the following research questions,

which address the young-adult tourism

consumers in Macedonia:

1. What are their travel and tourism

preferences, interests, needs and

expectations?

2. Do they use the Internet and OSN

for travel and tourism purposes?

3. Do they share travel and tourism

experiences by e-media?

In order the meet the research

questions, the paper is structured in several

parts. After the introductory part, Section

two makes a brief overview on some

relevant literature referring e-tools and

their application in tourism purposes.

Section three incorporates the

methodology and research design. The

results, analyses, discussion and evaluation

are noted in section four. Section five

includes conclusions and future research

directions.

Generally, the contribution of this

paper lies in the fact that makes an attempt

to create a tourist profile of young-adults

which may be used for tailoring a tourism-

segmented strategy for young consumers in

Macedonia. Additionally, it presents some

interesting findings regarding their

perception of e-tools and their application

in travel and tourism purposes.

2. Literature review on Internet, OSN and

search engines in tourism

In very short time, the Internet was

introduced as a rapidly evolving medium

for travel and tourism. It successful

introduction to e-tourism is fully supported

by the search engines which became a

dominant source in tourists’ use to access

particular tourism and travel products

(Schonland and Williams, 1996). In this

respect, the OSN gain in significance as

well. It is known that social networking is

a platform, or a site that focuses on

building and reflecting of social networks

or social relations among people, who have

similar or somewhat similar interests,

backgrounds or activities and share them

simultaneously. Although social

networking is possible in person, it is most

popular on-line by application of the

websites. As the increase in popularity of

the OSN is on constant rise, the OSN find

its application in travel and tourism

purposes. It is often a case to be used for

sharing travel and tourism information and

experience with one another.

Due to its significance, the issue of e-

tools and their application in tourism

domain raised an interest within academia.

Generally, they argue regarding the

understanding how search engines work

and how travelers use the Internet and

booking systems as tools in e-tourism

(Morrison et al., 2001; Singh and

Kasavana, 2005; Connolly and Lee, 2006;

Pan et al., 2007; Buhalis and Law, 2008;

Pan et al., 2011; Xiang and Pan, 2010).

Moreover, the success of search engine

marketing requires a good understanding

of consumer behavior in order to provide

the information desired by different

consumers. Furthermore, the necessity of

developing digital technology that will

support the personalized services to

address individual needs is fully justified.

Tourism actors should collect customer

information before, during and after a visit

in order to better understand consumer

behavior choices and determinants

Page 56: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 51 http://japmnt.com/

(Buhalis and O'Connor, 2005). Additional

insights regarding the progress of IT in

tourism domain is noted in many research

findings (Kluge, 1996; Kirk and Pine,

1998;Frew, 2000; O’Connor and Murphy,

2004; Leung and Law, 2005 and 2007;

Law et al., 2009).

Some researches address different

approaches dealing with variety of

relationships that appeared in e-tourism.

So, Weber and Roehl (1999) explored

demographics between Internet users and

tourists at the same time. However, little

research has been done on the travel-

related behaviors of Internet travelers. In

this respect, Morrison et al. (2001) found

that some book travel on-line, while others

go to travel agents or call the toll-free

numbers of travel providers after getting

travel information on-line. With regards to

the behavioral dimensions, it may be

utilized to segment travel markets as a

powerful tool in managing e-tourism

(Hennessey et al., 2008). Regardless the

approach, it must be underlined that

tourism needed this kind of information

some years ago, while today we are faced

with tourists with different travel patterns

which cause different activity while

travelling.

3. Methodology and research design

The study mainly took a quantitative

approach to answer the research questions

noted in the introductory part. The data

were collected by a self-administered

questionnaire survey in three locations in

Macedonia: Skopje, Stip and Gevgelija.

The survey was conducted during March

2012 among undergraduate students in

tourism studies. They were previously well

informed about the survey’s aims in order

to avoid any attempt to manipulate the

survey process and possibly bias the

results. Since young people are eager to

consume, as well as are conscious of their

experience, they are valid consumers for

this study (Sproles and Kendall, 1986).

The structured questionnaire

consisted of three sections. Section 1

contained demographic attributes of the

respondents. Section 2 was consisted of

fifteen items pointing to travel and tourism

preferences, attitudes, desires and motives

towards various points. Section 3

contained ten items measuring the

application of e-tools. A total of 520 copies

of the questionnaire were distributed, out

of which 502 were deemed complete and

usable, thus having response rate of 97%.

The collected data were transferred to a

common scorecard database in SPSS 20.0.

Some descriptive statistics and

nonparametric statistical tests were used

for creating an initial tourist profile among

young-adults. The research hypotheses

were tested by χ2 - test.

3.1. Creating a tourist profile

For the purpose of creating a tourist

profile of young respondents, the data

gathered by Section 1 and Section 2 were

acquisitioned. In order to assess

respondent’s ratings the Likert scale and

the semantic different scale were applied.

So, the respondents had to choose a rating

for the items from Section 2 on a adopted

4-point Likert scale, whereas 1=poor,

2=average, 3=good and 4=very good.

Simultaneously, the satisfaction perceived

by the respondents was measured by a 4-

point semantic different scale, whereas

1=far below ideal, 2=very close to ideal,

3=better than expected and 4=very

satisfied.

Page 57: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 52 http://japmnt.com/

Table 1.Demographic profile of respondents (n = 502)

Characteristic Valid

n

%

Gender

Male

Female

246

256

49.0

51.0

Age

˂ 30

˃ 30

484

18

96.4

3.6

Place of living

Town

Village

404

98

80.5

19.5

Geographical area

Skopje

North-East

East

South-East

Vardar

Pelagonija

South-West

Polog

103

26

210

137

10

4

7

5

20.5

5.2

41.8

27.3

2.0

0.8

2.8

1.0

Marital status

Married

Single

30

472

6.0

94.0

Working status

Employed

Unemployed

35

467

7.0

93.0

Monthly household income (€)

≤ 250

250-300

˃ 300

133

242

127

26.5

48.2

25.3

Table 1 presents the demographic

attributes regarding: gender, age, place of

living, geographical area, marital and

working status, as well as monthly

household income. It is noticeable almost

ideal gender equality among respondents,

whereas the vast majority is under 30 years

of age. Furthermore, majority live in urban

areas (81%), being single (94%) and

generally come from three (out of eight)

geographic regions in Macedonia (Skopje -

21%, East - 41% and South-East - 27%).

Since the sample is consisted of university

students, it is expected to be unemployed

(93%). The monthly household income is

between €250-300 (48%) presenting an

average salary in Macedonia.

With regards to questions that refer

to frequency of making a holiday, duration

of stay, companionship, planning activities,

type of transport and accommodation, the

profiling is as follows:

- Travels once per year with a

duration of 5-10 days;

- Travels in a group of 3-5 persons,

very rarely with family members;

- Aim of travel: fun;

- Always travels in season (summer);

- Travels by car, generally within

Macedonia, and sometimes in neighboring

countries;

- Always plans the holiday one week

in advance;

- Type of accommodation: hotel with

3 stars or private accommodation - BB.

Page 58: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 53 http://japmnt.com/

With regards to questions that refer

to type of holiday, level of consumption,

sources of financing, methods of payment

and level of satisfaction with services, the

profiling is as follows:

- Likes active holiday;

- Spends on additional tourism

consumption between € 100-300, mostly

on food and fun;

- The price is the main factor for

making decision for travel and tourism;

- Very rarely, almost never uses a

tourist guide;

- The holiday is paid by others

(parents or partners);

- Always pays in cash for services;

- In case of being unsatisfied with the

services, almost never undertakes measures

and actions.

3.2. Research hypotheses

Based on research questions stated in

the introductory part, the study intends to

reach the following objectives: (a) to gain

an in-depth understanding of application of

Internet among young-adult consumers in

Macedonia, and (b) to empirically tests the

application of the OSN in tourism and

travel purposes and sharing experiences.

Hence, the following hypotheses

are proposed:

Q1: Young-adults use Internet for

travel and tourism purposes.

Q2: Young-adults apply OSN for

sharing travel and tourism experiences.

4. Results, analysis, discussion and

evaluation

As noted previously, for testing the

research hypothesis we applied the χ2 - test

to test the association between the

variables. Since, the significance level was

set at 5%, the variables whose mean value

was ˃ 0.05 were considered under relation

oriented.

Table 2.Test of hypotheses (n = 502)

Q1

Value Degree of freedom p-value

Pearson χ2 6.752 2 .034

Likelihood Ratio 6.939 2 .031

Linear-by-Linear Association 6.223 1 .013

Q2

Value Degree of freedom p-value

Pearson χ2 18.099 9 .004

Likelihood Ratio 21.623 9 .010

Linear-by-Linear Association 9.771 1 .002

In this line, we test both research

hypotheses. Namely, the tests for Q1 refer

to association between travel and tourism

needs and the Internet among the young-

adults in Macedonia. The tests for Q2 are

in line of detecting whether there exists

relationship between the OSN and sharing

travel and tourism experience among

young population in Macedonia. The

results are presented in Table 2. The

research indicated positive effects for both

hypotheses i.e. substantial results since the

Pearson χ2value for Q1 is 0.034 and for Q2

is 0.004. In both cases the values are less

than the significance level. Further data

presented in Table 2 additionally support

the significant outcomes towards Q1 and

Q2, thus confirming solid causality

between the variables.

The next step is the evaluation of the

research. Different tests may be applied to

reinsure the research results. Among the

variety of concepts, the reliability and

validity of data (Yin, 1994) are introduced

in addition. The reliability is regularity and

soundness of a tool used for measurement

Page 59: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 54 http://japmnt.com/

of data. It shows how much reliable is the

measurement which has been adopted to

measure the collected data. More precisely,

the reliability tells if the repeated

replications research happens the same

results would be achieved. It explains how

far away the approaches yield the same

conclusion. The concept of validity is used

for the measurement of quantitative data. It

is described as to what extend the

conclusion can reflect the accurate

conclusion, leading to conclusion that the

findings are valid and trustworthy.

Moreover, the validity is degree to which

adopted measurement tools may be helpful

to measure the asked questions.

Furthermore, we introduce the

Cronbach α coefficient as a coefficient of

reliability. It is commonly used for

measuring internal consistency or

reliability of a psychometric test score for a

sample of examinees. The results indicated

Cronbach α for questionnaire (502 items)

was 0.901 representing excellent internal

consistency. Furthermore, the results

pointed from good to acceptable internal

consistency. So, the Cronbach α for

individual variable of perceived fit was

(0.857); perceived usage (0.821) and

sharing experiences (0.794).

5. Conclusion and future work

This study investigated the initial

tourist profiling of young population and

their attitude towards application of e-tools

in tourism and travel purposes. In this

respect, besides creating a tourist profile of

a typical young tourist and traveler of

Macedonia, two additional aspects were

particularly addressed: the perception of

Internet as an e-medium for travel and

tourism, and the application of OSN in

sharing travel and tourism experiences.

A survey was conducted on a

sampling consisted of undergraduate

students as representatives of young

population. The outcomes from the

profiling process confirmed some already

known facts but posed some new as well.

Namely, the fact that youngsters spend 5-

10 days on holiday, which is bigger than

the average stay of domestic tourists in

Macedonia (4.8 days) implies that this

group should be considered as serious

potential consumers. Since their main aim

of travel is fun, one may argue the

necessity of enhancing this kind of

facilities that are in favor of supporting

active holiday. Interesting, but not

surprising is the fact that young-adults

prefer to travel in small groups up to five

persons who are not family members. As

the student vacation is in summer,

normally they use it as a main travel and

tourism season. The modest travel budget,

limits them to travel within the country or

to neighboring countries the farthest, being

accommodated in three-star hotels with BB

service. Yet, surprising is the finding that

although being juniors, they always plan

their holiday one week in advance, which

points to a preference to reduce the risk for

unpleasant surprise. Due to fact of being

unemployed category (since the

respondents were students), they are

categorized as consumers with low

consumption power whereas the price is

the main factor for making travel

decisions. Generally, their parents or

partners are the main source of financing.

Obviously they are not very responsible

with money spending, since always pay in

cash for services and not use credit-cards.

The finding that they almost never use a

tourist guide underlines the necessity of

undertaking measures for advanced

informing about the important role that

tourist guides play in travel and tourism

process. Although being full with energy,

the data showed that in cases when not

being satisfied with the services, they

never undertake measures and actions.

Another aspect of this paper was to

find out whether young population in

Macedonia is keen on applying CT for

travel and tourism. Through statistical

analysis it was identified that generally,

they use the Internet as a basic source for

travel and tourism information. The vast

Page 60: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 55 http://japmnt.com/

majority of respondents has a profile page

on the OSN and uses it for sharing travel

and tourism experiences. So, the young

population in Macedonia identified the

OSN as a cradle for sharing info from their

trip and holiday.

Furthermore, the study was limited

by several factors that may be addressed in

some future research. Because only cross-

sectional data were collected through a

questionnaire survey, the study may suffer

from common method variance effect. The

sample size was also not big enough to

verify the factor structures. Namely, the

analysis took a snapshot of a selected

sample in Macedonia referring university

students who have generally limited travel

and tourism experience. Moreover, the

results address 90% of respondents coming

only from three geographical areas

(Skopje, East and South-East). To gain a

better overview of this research area, future

studies may expand the sample to include

young population from other statistical

planning regions in Macedonia in more

equal manner. Thus, it may not be possible

to generalize the results to whole young

population in Macedonia. As this research

represents a relatively small sample size,

future work may also focus on extending

the number of respondents and other

aspects of investigation. Despite these

limitations, the study is reach on useful

findings and poses some valuable

directions for further research.

References 1. Buhalis, D. & Law, R. (2008). Progress in

information technology and tourism management:

20 years on and 10 years after the Internet - the

state of eTourism research.Tourism Management,

29,609-623.

2. Buhalis, D. & O’Connor, P. (2005).

Information Communication Technology

Revolutionizing Tourism. Tourism Recreation

Research, 30(3), 7-16.

3. Connolly, D. J., & Lee, S. (2006).

Developing information technology proficiencies

and fluency in hospitality students.Journal of

Hospitality &Tourism Education, 18(3), 15-29.

4. Ekerdt, D. (1986). The Busy Ethic Moral

Continuity Between Work & Retirement. The

Gerontologist, 6(3), 239-244.

5. Frew, A. J. (2000). A critical analysis of

tourisminformation technology research. In D.

R.Fesenmaier, S. Klein, & D. Buhalis

(Eds.),Information and communication

technologies intourism (pp. 39-52). New York:

Springer-Verlag.

6. Hennessey, S. M., MacDonald, R. &

MacEachern, M. (2008). A Framework for

Understanding Golfing Visitors to a Destination.

Journal of Sport & Tourism. 13(1), 5-35.

7. Kirk, D., & Pine, R. (1998). Research in

hospitalitysystems and technology. International

Journal ofHospitality Management, 17(2), 203-217.

8. Kluge, E. A. (1996). A literature review of

informationtechnology in the hospitality

curriculum.Hospitality ResearchJournal, 19(4), 45-

64.

9. Law, R., Leung, R. & Buhalis, D. (2009).

Information technology application in hospitality

and tourism: a review of publications from 2005 to

2007. Journal of Travel and Tourism Marketing,

26: 5-6, 599-623.

10. Leung, R., & Law, R. (2005). An

analysis ofinformation technology publications in

leadinghospitality journals. FIU Hospitality

Review,23(2), 55-65.

11. Leung, R., & Law, R. (2007).

Information technologypublications in leading

tourism journals: A studyof 1985 to 2004.

Information Technology &Tourism, 9(2), 133-144.

12. Morrison, A., Su, J., O’Leary,

J.&Cai, L. (2001). Predicting usage of the Internet

for travel bookings: An exploratory study.

Information Technology and Tourism, 4(1), 15-30.

13. O’Connor, P., & Murphy, J.

(2004). Research oninformation technology in the

hospitality industry.International Journal of

HospitalityManagement, 23(5), 473-484.

14. Pan, B., Litvin, S.W.&

O’Donnell, T. E. (2007). Understanding

accommodation search query formulation: The first

step in putting ‘heads in beds’. Journal of Vacation

Marketing, 13(4), 371-381.

15. Pan, B., Xiang, Z., Fesenmaier,

D. R. & Law, R. (2011). The dynamics of search

engine marketing for tourist destinations. Journal of

Travel Research,50(4), 365-377.

16. Prahalad, C. K. & Ramaswamy,

V. (2000).Co-opting Customer

Competence.Harvard Business Review, 78(1), 79-

87.

17. Schonland, A. M. & Williams, P.

W. (1996).Using the Internet for Travel and

Tourism Survey Research: Experiences from the

Net Traveler Survey.Journal of Travel Research,

35(2), 81-87.

Page 61: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 56 http://japmnt.com/

18. Singh, A. J. & Kasavana, M. L.

(2005). The impact of information technology on

future management of lodging operations: A Delphi

study to predict key technological events in 2007

and 2027. Tourism & Hospitality Research, 6(1),

24-37.

19. Sproles, G. B. & Kendall, E. L.,

(1986).A methodology for profiling consumer

decisionmaking styles.The Journal of Consumer

Affairs, 20(2), 67-79.

20. State Statistical Office of the

Republic of Macedonia (2012). News Release:

Usage of information and communication

technologies in households and by individuals,

2012. Year L, No. 8.1.12.28.

21. Wang, J. (2008). Improving

decision‐making practices through information

filtering. International Journal of Information and

Decision Sciences, 1(1), 1‐4.

22. Weber, K. & Roehl, W. S.

(1999).Profiling People Searching for and

Purchasing Travel Products on the World Wide

Web. Journal of Travel Research, 37(3), 291-298.

23. Xiang, Z. & Pan, B. (2010).

Travel queries on cities in the United States:

Implications for search engine marketing for tourist

destinations. Tourism Management, 32(1), 88-97.

24. Yin, R. (1994).Case study

research: Design and methods. Beverly Hills, CA:

Sage Publishing.

Page 62: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 57 http://japmnt.com/

BRANDS AND BRANDING - EXAMPLE: COCA-COLA

PhD Ljiljana Stošić Mihajlović, Collage of applied professional studies, Vranje, Serbia

Abstract: The most valuable brand in the

world is still "Coca Cola", and the highest increase

was recorded value "Apple" because that's who

entered the top ten most valuable brands.

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia makes a

significant contribution to the local economy. In

three bottling plants, distribution centers and sales

offices in Serbia and employ over 1500 people.

Taxes that are paid regularly Serbian authorities are

yet another way of contribution to the national

economy.

Keywords: brand, branding, marketing,

Coca-Cola

1. INTRODUCTION

The word brand (trademark) is an

English word and its first application was

the cowboys of the Old West, which they

branded their cows to distinguish them

from the other cows on the prairie. From

the business point of view on the market,

branding is very similar branding at the

ranch. The purpose of branding is to

differentiate your product in the market

from other cows. Even if most of the cattle

in the prairie are very similar to each other,

the perception of your product must be

different.

The rivalry between the world's

largest manufacturer of soft drinks, "Coca-

Cola" and "Pepsi" is more than a century.

List as most valuable global brands

dominate brand in the U.S., which has a

total of 49th From Europe is on the list of

38 brands and from Germany, France,

Switzerland, Italy, Britain, Sweden, the

Netherlands, Finland and Spain. The other

brands are from Japan, Korea, Canada, and

one each from Mexico and Taiwan. The

research is based on a complex

methodology developed by "Interbrend".

Use the form that combines the power of

brands future and its role in creating

demand. Firms must be publicly available

financial data, and a third of revenue must

come from abroad.

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia is one of

the largest companies in the non-alcoholic

beverages in the country and authorized

bottlers of Coca-Cola. To justify its

leadership position in the market, regularly

conducts research and a variety of actions

in terms of improving their own business

and improve the environment.

The most legendary SAGA two brands:

Coca-Cola and Pepsi

In fact, it is one of the most iconic

stories ever on the fight between the two

brands in the business world. Portal

CnnTees researched and wrote a

chronological tale of two competitors that

includes all of the well-known soft drink

producers. 'Saga' begins in the 1886th

when John S. Pemberton developed the

original recipe for the "Coca-Cola".

"Pepsi-Cola" appeared 13 years later by

pharmacist Caleb Bradhama. At that time,

"Coca-Cola" has already sold over a

million liters of beverages a year. "Coca-

Cola" soon develops a "cult" and a bottle

expands to European market.

Meanwhile, the "Pepsi" is bankrupt

because of the First World War, and eight

years later, again faced with bankruptcy,

but soon coming into her own, and

increases sales.

During World War II "Pepsi" is

increasing its marketing investment and

begin to sell their drinks in cans. During

the fifties, "Coca-Cola" is a strong focus

on television advertising, and "Pepsi" it is

accompanied, not wanting to lose the fight.

1962nd "Coca-Cola" comes to the

stock market, and will soon launch a new

brand - Sprite - which quickly became one

of the world's most successful brands.

Connecting to snack producer, the "Frito

Lay", "Pepsi" has brought many benefits

and helped him considerably, especially in

Page 63: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 58 http://japmnt.com/

the last decade. On the other hand, "Coca-

Cola" has remained in the beverage.

Although "Pepsi" brands of drinks

may not be as strong, the job with the

production of snack foods, so-called. Nail

them literally booming. "Coca-Cola" has a

bigger market share drinks, but "Pepsi"

because of the wide range of businesses

earn higher incomes.

Each of the brands on his side a

whole brigade of celebrities, for her

marketing job, of course, very well paid.

From its founding until the day, and

"Coca-Cola", "Pepsi" was implemented

numerous changes in the appearance of

their logos. Wholeheartedly embraced the

popularity of digital media and take

advantage of all the marketing advantages

of social networks today provide

companies.

2. THE MOST VALUABLE BRANDS

Brand (after Coca-Cola) are

leading the top ten on the list of brands

that are just in the United States. From

another country is best placed 11th at

Toyota place. Coca-Cola is located at the

head of the ladder since 2000. when he

began to research and to publish. Last

year, its value increased by 2% to 71.861

billion dollars. Second place belongs to

IBM, Microsoft and third. From

technology companies among the top ten

are, and Google, on the fourth, seventh

Intel, Apple in eighth and Hewlett-Packard

as tenth.

Ladder ten most valuable brands

complement the General Electric GE-fifth,

McDonald's, Disney, and the sixth to ninth

place. Apple's brand value increased by

58%, so the manufacturer of your favorite

iPhone and iPad climbed to eighth position

from the previous 17th Apple's value has

increased mainly due to the dominant

position in the market of tablets.

The biggest drop was sustained

brand Nokia which has slid to 14th place,

with eight, and its value is reduced 15%.

Nokia last year was the most valuable

European brand, and now it's Mercedes at

the 12th place. Nokia has lately been

struggling with problems and had to lay

off workers, mainly due to strong

competition in the smart phone market.

The new company, which is among

the top 100 most valuable brands, the

Taiwanese mobile phone manufacturer

HTC, which came in 98th place. This is

the first time the company found itself on

the list of Taiwan.

3. COCA-COLA HBC SERBIA

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia is one of

the largest companies in the non-alcoholic

beverages in the country and authorized

bottlers of Coca-Cola. The company

manufactures and distributes a unique

range of quality brands for around 7.9

million inhabitants of Serbia, bringing

enthusiasm in marketing of products,

while taking a leadership role in the area of

corporate social responsibility.

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia operating

in Serbia since 1997. With headquarters in

Zemun, has three bottling plants across the

country. In addition, distributing products

from four distribution centers. It employs

over 1,300 people and indirectly affect

employment 10 times more people who are

in the value chain. Their goal is to provide

our customers become the number one

supplier to provide and support programs

to more than 37,000 customers who sell

products to consumers.

This company is part of Coca-Cola

Hellenic Group, one of the largest bottler

of Coca-Cola in the world and the largest

in Europe. Coca-Cola Hellenic operates in

28 countries, offering products for more

than 570 million people. You're sitting

company located in Athens, and the

company is listed on the stock exchange in

Athens, New York, London and Sydney.

3.1. The product range

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia produces,

sells and distributes a wide range of

Page 64: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 59 http://japmnt.com/

beverages, most of which are the

trademark of Coca-Cola. Our product

portfolio includes:

• Leading brands: Coca-Cola,

Coca-Cola light, Coca-Cola, Fanta and

Sprite

• Local brands such as Rosa, Next,

SU-Fruit, Joy

• Brands licensed from other

companies, such as Nestea, Burn, Ultra

Energy and Schweppes.

Continuously consider

opportunities to expand its product range

in order to offer consumers the ability to

Serbia as diverse choices. We do our best

to provide the highest quality of its

products.

3.2. Sustainable Development

To ensure long-term success, Coca-

Cola HBC Serbia impact on the

environment to a minimum and

contributing to the quality of life in local

communities. Long term and are

committed to constantly meeting these

goals. Given the growing number of

sustainability challenges, focus on issues

that are a priority for the business. These

are:

• Management of water resources

• Climate protection & protection

of energy resources

• Packaging & Recycling

• Consumer Health

• Developing people

• Engaging suppliers

• The well-being of the local

community

• United Nations Global Compact

For each of these issues are set

objectives, monitoring and measuring the

progress equally rigorous as in other

segments of its business. Follow the

leading standards and methodologies and

operations transparent reporting on the

progress made in the report on corporate

social responsibility (CSR).

3.2.1. Management of water resources

The needs for fresh water in our

environment are increasing, and climate

change affect traditional forms of

precipitation. As the number of inhabitants

in the country, the needs for drinking water

are becoming alarming.

Capacity Business Development,

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia is directly related

to the availability and quality of local

water resources. Therefore the greatest

efforts are directed towards managing

water resources and taking an integrated

approach to this issue, which is of key

importance:

First Improving water use

efficiency: it is to reduce the amount of

water needed for the production of

beverages

Second Working in partnership in

order to protect local rivers and promote

sustainable management of water

resources, works with partners whose

number is getting bigger

The bottlers are closely monitoring

water resources in order to amount of

water pumped to a minimum. Introducing

water-saving technology on the production

lines, made more efficient use of water.

For example, to install a washing systems

which operate on the principle of high

pressure, significantly reduce the

consumption of water, water that is used

for the five lines washer is collected and

used for the toilets; syrups is made in the

program in which the last flush with water

sanitation collected and used as the starting

point for the next sanitation, for Water

treatment devices are installed that

measure water consumption for each

product line, which significantly improved

monitoring of water consumption in the

production.

Each bottling plant regularly to

assess risk. Regularly to study and monitor

the quantity and quality of local water

supplies taking into account the legal

requirements and the environment. Based

on the assessment made in order to create

an action plan to mitigate the risks.

Page 65: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 60 http://japmnt.com/

Although they managed to increase

water use efficiency to a great extent, will

never be able to influence the reduction of

the amount of water in the products. What

is being produced greater amounts of

alcohol, it will use more water. Therefore,

it is extremely important to continue to

work on the efficient use of water. This is

exactly the reason I constantly investing in

new, more modern technology.

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia provides all

the water that is returned to the Danube, is

processed to a level that allows the fish to

live in it. The bottling plant in Serbia have

waste water treatment plants located on the

factory grounds, and Vlasinka and Fresh &

Co using public utility systems for water

treatment. Treated water is returned to the

environment is suitable for use in

agriculture and safe for plants and aquatic

life.

3.2.2. Partnerships

In order to successfully cope with

problems related to water resources, Coca-

Cola HBC Serbia is cooperating with other

stakeholders through a series of

partnerships.

Green Danube Partnership for there

for many years. Together with the

International Commission for the

Protection of the Danube River, to

participate actively in the struggle to

preserve the river and conduct a variety of

activities aimed at raising awareness both

in Serbia and in nine other countries that

lie in the basin of this river. These

activities include the annual Danube Day

celebrations in which take part in the tens /

hundreds of thousands of people.

Celebration organized by Coca-Cola HBC

Serbia, in partnership with the Ministry of

Agriculture, Forestry and Water

Management - Republic Directorate for

Water, the City of Belgrade, Secretariat of

Environment of Belgrade, Recycling

Agency of Republic of Serbia, Secretariat

for Utilities and Housing for the city of

Belgrade, Tourist Organization of

Belgrade, Faculty of Applied Ecology,

University of Belgrade, NGO world and

the Danube and many other associations,

representatives of ministries and relevant

media partners. It also sponsors the first

conference on groundwater, and began a

project to protect the river Vlasina.

At the international level, the Coca-

Cola Hellenic is a signatory of the CEO

Water Mandate the establishment of the

UN Global Compact. This initiative aims

to tackle the problem of sustainability of

water resources in operations, supply

systems and communities as well as to

work closely with government and non-

governmental organizations involved in

shaping policy in this area. In order to

achieve a better understanding of water use

in the domestic supply system, Coca-Cola

is also working with Water Footprint

Network.

3.2.3. Energy Efficiency

Climate change is the biggest and

most alarming challenge facing our planet.

It takes quick and decisive action to ensure

that our society is focused on the

development path that will feature a low

carbon economy. The business sector,

which has a capacity for innovation and

investment, plays a key role in the

transformation of large-scale.

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia wants to

take a leadership position so that there will

be adapting their business demands and

opportunities of the economy characterized

by low carbon emissions. Therefore, all

efforts directed towards the areas of

operations that derive the greatest amount

of energy: bottling plant, vehicles and

refrigeration equipment.

• The Coca-Cola bottling plant

Serbian expanding the program Safe and

Eco-Driving

• The transportation services

beyond the use of hybrid vehicles and

alternative fuels. Also, through the "Safe

and Eco-driving" influence creation of

good habits in the run.

Page 66: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 61 http://japmnt.com/

• Coca-Cola HBC Serbia has a new

energy-efficient refrigeration equipment

that emits 50% less CO2 compared to the

results from 2004.

• Combined heat and power: The

largest reduction in carbon dioxide from

the bottling plant will just come from

plants that combine electricity and heat

(CHP), and for developing plans and

receive approval on CHP approval of

construction in Serbia and elsewhere in the

Group. Cleaner and much more efficient

than conventional power plants, the

combined units located within the plant

bottling supplier of electricity, heating and

cooling. When you finish, the program

will lead to a reduction in CO2 emissions

originate from all manufacturing plants to

20%, while Coca-Cola HBC Serbia and up

to 40%.

• energy-saving programs: The

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia during bottling is

the application of energy-saving, which

will lead to a reduction in CO2 emissions

per liter of beverage produced. It is

interesting that even though their

production facilities use more energy than

office space and other applications, certain

measures are taken in terms of reducing

CO2 emissions in those areas. For

example, the Green IT program works to

change the computer equipment used in

creating good user habits. Using audio,

video and on-line conferencing, reducing

business travel and hence CO2 emissions.

• Energy efficient refrigerator:

When thirsty, consumers expect in

restaurants and stores find products,

chilled and ready for consumption.

Because of this, an important part of the

business strategy of Coca-Cola HBC

Serbia involves setting up cooling systems

and equipment in buildings buyers.

Although not produce themselves, and

they do not operate this equipment, they

are liable to affect the reduction of CO2

emissions resulting from these devices.

Therefore, working with suppliers to

increase the energy efficiency of the

equipment used. Thanks to the

development of new models of

refrigeration equipment and devices to

control energy use, the equipment is

purchased now, in terms of energy

consumption, 50% more efficient than the

one in 2004. year. We are also conducting

training programs for its employees to

ensure proper use of these devices on the

market.

In addition, working to avoid

hydro-fluor-carbonate (HFC) compounds,

greenhouse gases, which are widely used

in refrigeration equipment in homes and

businesses.

3.3. Partnerships

At the international level, the Coca-

Cola Hellenic is one of the founders and a

signatory of the UN Global Compact on

Climate Protection, the world's largest

business association centered around

issues of climate protection. In Serbia, an

active member of UNGS and early 2009.

was selected as the chair of the group for

the environment in which it will focus this

year will be very energy efficient.

3.4. Packaging and recycling

Packaging plays a vital role in the

safe delivery of products to customers and

consumers. However, once the product

takes, it becomes a quality packaging

material for recycling, leaving the burning

furnaces that produce waste heat energy -

or ends up as landfill waste.

We strive to reduce our impact on

the environment which originates from the

packaging in any part of its life cycle. Our

integrated approach includes:

• Reducing the amount of

packaging we use

• Increase recycled content in the

composition of new packaging

• Promote recycling and

renewability

The ultimate goal is to close the

circle of recycling, conversion of used

packaging in the new one. Bottle-to-bottle

Page 67: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 62 http://japmnt.com/

recycling plant whose establishment in

Austria just helped Coca-Cola Hellenic,

the company now supplies high quality

and very affordable recycled material from

which to make new bottles. In addition to

working on to reducing packaging waste to

a minimum and also try to reduce our

waste production and bottling.

Reducing the amount of packaging

we use to a minimum, which is one of the

most important ways in which generally

reduce the impact on the environment by

reducing the amount of material used for

packaging, this also leads to an overall

reduction in CO2 emissions generated

during the life cycle of packaging of

production through transportation to

disposal or recycling. Rosa Danube PET

bottles is one of the lightest on the market.

Weighing just 15 grams and is nearly three

times lighter than the one that preceded it.

Ultra-glass bottle which is used to produce

one-third less glass, is now in use in Serbia

and 16 other countries in which Coca-Cola

Hellenic conduct business.

Packaging consists primarily of

recycled material: PET, aluminum, glass

and steel. Since these are the most

common materials recycled, the only thing

that can be done to reduce the impact of

our packaging on the environment is that

in these materials is steadily increasing

content of recycled materials. Using

recycled aluminum for cans, saving up to

95% of the energy normally required when

using non-recycled aluminum. Our

aluminum cans and glass bottles already

contain up to 60% recycled material.

Turning recycled PET bottles in our

challenge in terms of availability and cost.

Although the recycling of PET widespread

(in Serbia is much cheaper and easier to

use the same in the production of other

goods, such as clothing or carpets, as well

as the industry itself does not require such

high standards necessary when it comes to

packaging for food products) .

In the seven countries where the

company operates and to use 15% recycled

PET material.

3.4.1. Promoting recycling

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia strongly

helps establish the necessary infrastructure

for recycling and encourages consumers to

recycle packaging. We are working on

establishing a scheme of packaging waste

management in Serbia, as they have done

in other countries in which Coca-Cola

Hellenic operates. They are one of the

founders of Sekopak organization that

advocates for the adoption of the legal

framework in the field of packaging and

packaging waste on the model and in

accordance with the regulations that exist

in the EU Directive 94/62/EC on

packaging and packaging waste posed

Agreement to utilization and recycling

before all entities in the chain to the end

user - the producers, packers / fillers,

importers, distributors and retailers,

putting them in position to make reuse of

packaging placed on the market by the

percentage that the State may determine.

This principle of "responsibility of waste

generators" is incorporated into the

Serbian Law on Waste Management and

the Law on Packaging and Packaging

Waste, adopted in May 2009. by the

Parliament of Serbia. So far, the company

has helped establish the system in 19

countries and is the co-owner of 17

companies involved in recycling and waste

recovery.

3.5. Staff development

Business objectives can be

achieved only with the help of talented and

committed people. Therefore we strive to

attract skilled people and develop their full

potential.

3.5.1. Training and Development

One way in which this is achieved

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia lies in providing

exceptional opportunities to build a career.

They invest heavily in formal training,

which combined with other tasks and

Page 68: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 63 http://japmnt.com/

projects of equal development

opportunities. This structured approach

allows you to develop leadership skills

necessary for the successful conduct of the

business now and in the future.

3.5.2. Employee Engagement

To ensure motivation and

commitment of employees at Coca-Cola

HBC Serbia regularly make information of

employees and listen carefully to their

views. This is done in various ways,

through: internal magazine, suggestion

boxes, bulletin boards, internal TV and

other means of communication with

employees. On an annual basis conduct

research on engagement, which allows

employees to express their views on a

range of topics? Then carefully examine

the data and based on their suggestions and

make action plans.

3.5.3. Competitive labor

Salaries of employees of Coca-

Cola HBC Serbia are getting competitive

in the market. In order to comply with the

competition, comparing regular

compensation received by employees in

return for other successful companies.

3.5.4. Fair working environment

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia respects the

fundamental rights of employees and

strives to create an open and positive

working environment that provides equal

opportunities to all. Policies are well

known and are an integral part of the

training program manager. Also, the

guiding principles for suppliers ask the

same expectations and vendor

environments.

3.5.5. Human rights

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia Politics of

Human Rights includes monitoring

provisions of the UN Global Compact and

the UN Universal Declaration of Human

Rights. Employment of children is

prohibited, and accordingly shall be

permanent and checks during the hiring

process. Employees and managers are

trained regarding the use of human rights

in their daily operations, and regularly

performs and monitoring actual

performance.

3.5.6. Equal Opportunity

Dedicated to creating an

environment in which all employees to act

in a fair and equitable manner. Equal

opportunities policy protects employees

from discrimination and ensuring that

there is equal opportunity and fair

treatment for all. Although men

predominate among employees, in part

because of the physical nature of the work,

a significant number of our managers are

women - 25% of total management.

Almost all the managers of Coca-Cola

HBC Serbia at higher positions are from

Serbia. Where are temporarily appointed

managers from foreign countries, local

talented employees are sent on

assignments abroad to acquire new skills.

3.5.7. Relationship with employees

The Coca-Cola HBC Serbia

respects the right of employees to freedom

of association: whether or not to join

unions or engage in collective bargaining.

Regularly holds consultations employees,

unions, and office of the European Council

for labor in terms of major business

decisions and matters of common interest.

3.5.8. Health and Safety

The aim of Coca-Cola HBC Serbia

is to provide its employees a safe working

environment and in this respect a culture

of safety at work. To achieve this, apply

the internationally recognized OHSAS

18001 management systems and strives to

achieve full certification.

Page 69: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 64 http://japmnt.com/

Implemented a program to promote

healthy and active lifestyles of employees.

• Each year, they organize "Sports

Day" for its employees and their family

members.

• provide support to employees

who are engaged in recreational sports,

and bear part of the cost of membership in

a number of centers of fitness.

• A healthy lifestyle is

knowledgeable and management through

the "Fit for the Future" organized by the

Academy of Coca-Cola Company.

3.6. Creating economic value

Coca-Cola HBC Serbia makes a

significant contribution to the local

economy. In three bottling plants,

distribution centers and sales offices in

Serbia and employ over 1500 people.

Taxes that are paid regularly Serbian

authorities are yet another way of

contribution to the national economy.

In addition, they provide a range of

other, indirect benefits. For example, the

"multiplier effect" that business has seen in

the fact that for every job that exists in this

system goes ten times as many jobs

provided by vendors and buyers. Given the

fact that one of the main investors in

Serbia, helping introduction and

development of new technologies and

thereby influence the attraction of new

investments.

CONCLUSION

Old rule is that a company that

cares about its products, constantly

examining and verifying their market

position, contributing to the creation of

brand products.

It is believed that the most

important function of marketing today just

building a brand. What's more, many of

the world's leading marketing experts

believe that the main function of marketing

and only building a brand. What is

accelerating this trend is steadily declining

sales of classic vision and the ways to be

exchanged goods and money in the

market. Today, most products on the

market are not sold are purchased.

Consumers themselves are directly

confronted with the products (brands), and

the decision to buy is up to them. Bearing

the aforementioned in mind, Coca-Cola

HBC Serbia is a leader in the market of

non-alcoholic beverages.

Reference

1. Stošić Mihajlović, dr Lj. (2012)

Marketing, VŠPSS, Vranje

2. Stošić Mihajlović, dr Lj. (2011)

Istraživanje marketinga, VŠPSS, Vranje

3. www.coca-

colahellenic.rs/Productsandbrands

Page 70: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 65 http://japmnt.com/

MANAGING ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY FOR TOURISM

DEVELOPMENT

PhD Margarita Matlievska, Assistant Professor, Faculty of Economics, Goce Delcev University – Stip, Macedonia,

[email protected]

PhD Biljana Petrevska, Assistant Professor, Faculty of Tourism and Business Logistics, Goce Delcev University – Stip,

Macedonia, [email protected]

Abstract: Based on variety of impacts

that tourism poses over national economies, each

country is interested in supporting its

development. Moreover, everyone urges measures

for increasing the number of tourists who are

eager in meeting their travel and tourism

preferences. Since the motive for tourism flows

lies in natural or cultural background, it is

necessary to find solutions for enhancing such

basis. This paper supports the fact that tourism

development may not be addressed if environment

is neglected. For that purpose, the research is

focused on environmental policy as a precondition

for preserving safe and sound grounds for tourism

development. In this respect, the case of

Macedonia is investigated with its corpus of

environmental laws being in a state of

approximation with the ‘horizontal’ legislation of

the European Union. So, the contribution of this

paper lies in the fact that provides overview and

facts at glance not only on the environmental

protection legislation in Macedonia, but on the

constitutional regulation as well. The research

outcomes confirm the starting research hypothesis

for obtaining national environmental legislation

fully in line with already established international

standards. Hence, one may argue that

environmental policy provides basis and legal

opportunities for strengthening tourism

development.

Keywords: Environment; Tourism;

Development; Management.

Introduction

It is more than obvious the existence

of inevitable relationship between tourism and

environment. Moreover, one may note that

tourism is environment by itself. Without safe

and well preserved nature, tourism will not be

in a position to offer something sustainable.

So the aspect of developing management

practices and philosophies that protect natural

environments while reinforcing positive and

orderly economic growth, must be addressed.

In this respect, Macedonia is one of

the countries which have identified tourism as

a mean for generating various micro and

macro-economic impacts. Consequently, a

National Strategy for Tourism Development

2011-2015 was prepared with a main vision -

Macedonia to become famous travel and

tourism destination in Europe based on

cultural and natural heritage. Yet, up-to-date

the results in terms of economic prosperity by

tourism development are modest, but the

negative effects on environment cannot be

stopped. Environmental pollution, depletion

of natural resources, loss of biodiversity,

ozone layer depletion, climate change, with

all its severity imposed on the global scene. It

becomes clear that to preserve the

environment means preserving the life. Hence

the tendency of each country declaring itself

as a responsible one, to build legislation that

would provide a higher level of environment

protection as much as possible.

1. Snapshot on environmental policy

beginnings

Since each country applies different

approaches for legally regulating the

environmental issue, they all urge to update

and amend its existing legislation. As to the

legislation concerning the protection and

improvement of the environment, the

Page 71: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 66 http://japmnt.com/

European Union (EU) appears as a leader in

the world.

Macedonia initiated the relations with

the EU in 1992 with the main objective to

become its member state. For this purpose,

the government reaffirmed its readiness to

join the Union by developing relationships

and placing membership in the EU as a

national goal of the highest priority. In 1995,

Macedonia established diplomatic relations

with the EU, and six years later in 2001, the

Stabilisation and Association Agreement

between the European Communities and their

Member States, of the one part, and the

former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, of

the other part5

(Council of the European

Union, 2001) was signed. In 2004, the

Government submitted the application for

membership in the EU, and in 2005 it was

given the status of a candidate country. The

principle of partnership was legalized by a

Decision in 2006, when the EU Council

adopted the European Partnership with

Macedonia.

The Membership requirement for a

candidate country is to harmonize its legal

system with the EU legislation, the so-called

Acquis Communautaire that covers all

membership obligations and criteria. The

process of integrating the "European" law in

national legal administrative system is called

“process of approximation”. It is consisted of

three main components: legal transposition of

EU legislation, its practical implementation

and control of the implementation of

legislation.

In December 2006, the Ministry of

Environment and Physical Planning, as a

governmental body responsible for

environmental issues, adopted a new

administrative and organizational structure in

accordance with the different environment

sectors. It corresponds to obligations imposed

5 Macedonia is the first country that signed

Stabilization and Association Agreement with the EU

in the region.

by transposed legislation in order of effective

implementation of new powers and

responsibilities. In order to meet the criteria

for full membership, in April 2007 Macedonia

adopted a National Programme for the

Adoption of the Acquis (NPAA II). It

contains plans for harmonization of national

legislation with the EU and the necessary

dynamics of institutional strengthening for the

implementation of the legislation. Further on,

the NPAA contains the necessary resources

for the implementation and an Action Plan.

It is believed that the Environment

Chapter is one of the hardest, most abundant

and most complex chapters on

implementation out of 33 EU Acquis

Communautaire chapters. In the NPAA the

environment is covered by Chapter 27 and is

comprised of 10 sectors: horizontal

legislation, water management, air quality,

waste management, industrial pollution

control and risk management, nature

protection, forests, chemicals, genetically

modified organisms and noise.

In the past period, Macedonia has

adopted several policy strategic documents in

several sectors of the environment. In most

cases, the government policy aiming in

improving the environment is clearly defined

(Vision 2008, National Strategy for European

Integration, National Environmental Action

Plan II). Yet, the main responsibility for

implementing the legislation is located in the

Ministry of Environment and Physical

Planning. One may note that other sectorial

ministries have responsibilities in

environment protection (Ministry of

Agriculture, Forestry and Water Management,

Ministry of Economy, Ministry of Transport

and Communications, Ministry of Health,

Ministry of Finance, Ministry of Interior).

The status of the transposition of EU

environment legislation was perceived on the

basis of the conducted legal analysis of the

shortcomings of previous laws for different

areas of environment. Generally, the legal

Page 72: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 67 http://japmnt.com/

transposition in different environment sectors

is in a different stage, and in a significant

number of directives, the transposition is in

the early stages. However, it is very important

the horizontal legislation transposition to get a

high priority and to progress, because

legislation in this sector has an impact on

many other sectors. Furthermore, the Law on

Environment belongs to horizontal legislation

and therefore, it is important to assess the

level of transposition with the directives of

the Union.

2. Constitutional approach towards

environmental issue

The Preamble6 of the Constitution of

Macedonia reads: "The citizens of

Macedonia, …taking responsibility for the

present and future of their fatherland ... and

responsible to future generations to preserve

and develop everything that is valuable ... ".

From this formulation, it is obvious that the

Constitution emphasized the accountability

that present generation have in front of future

ones to maintain and develop all that is worth

keeping and developing, knowing that the

descendants will collect the fruit. But what is

it that is valuable, not only to preserve but to

develop as well? The Constitution (Art. 56,

par. 1) gives the answer to this question: "All

the natural resources of the Republic of

Macedonia, the flora and fauna, amenities in

common use, … , are amenities of common

interest for the Republic and enjoy particular

protection. With this formulation, the

Constitution transferred what Robert Redford

thought when he said: "I think the

environment should be put in the category of

our national security. Defending our resources

6 This is referred to in item 1 of Amendment IV of the

Constitution of the Republic of Macedonia. Item 2

says: "Item 1 of this Amendment replaces the Preamble

of the Constitution of the Republic of Macedonia.”

Amendment IV was published in the Official Gazette

of RM No. 91 of 20 November 2001.

is just as important as defending abroad.

Otherwise, what is there to defend?".

In this respect, the Art. 8 states that

one of the fundamental values of the

constitutional order of Macedonia is

”ecological protection and development”. So,

the Constitution establishes fundamental

human rights and freedoms, among which:

Everyone has the right to a healthy

environment to live in. Everyone is obliged to

promote and protect the environment. The

Republic provides conditions for the exercise

of the right of citizens to a healthy

environment (Art. 43). Furthermore, the Art.

43, beside the right of every person to a

healthy environment, determine his obligation

to promote and protect the environment. In

this line, the Constitution includes an

obligation for Macedonia to provide

conditions for enjoying the citizens’ right to a

healthy environment. The same article

introduces a right and an obligation as well. In

this context, it is important to note that the

obligation is an integral part of the

fundamental rights and freedoms of man and

citizen. That is the reason that the

constitutional text regulates the obligations

along with fundamental freedoms and rights

as an inseparable whole. The duty for

environment and nature protection directly

emanates of the human right to a healthy

environment. And it must be so, if we want to

come up with a change in our behavior

towards the environment and if we want a

certain change to prevail. It must be so if we

want to respect what Gandhi said: "Be the

change you want to see in the world.”

With the Art. 55 (par. 1) "The freedom

of the market and entrepreneurship is

guaranteed." In the same article, par. 3 states

that: "The freedom of the market and

entrepreneurship san be restricted by law only

for reasons of the defence of the Republic,

protection of the natural and living

environment or public health”. From this

article, it is evident that the possible negative

impact on the market and entrepreneurship on

Page 73: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 68 http://japmnt.com/

nature and environment is anticipated, and,

although the freedom of the market and

entrepreneurship is defined fundamental value

(Art. 8, par. 1, line 7) and the same is

guaranteed (Art. 55, par. 1), it may be

restricted by law for the reason, among others,

of preserving the nature and environment. In

this article, it is interesting that the nature and

environment preservation is stated after the

defense of the country (as the primary social

interest of the citizens of each state), and even

before the people health.

It is indisputable that the Constitution

of Macedonia specifies the environment as a

fundamental value, as a freedom and as a

right. Furthermore it defines its protection and

improvement as a duty and an obligation of

the citizens of Macedonia. So, generally, it

lays down the foundation and provides the

basis for development of environment

legislation. The first Law regulating the

environment after Macedonia’s independence

was the Law on Environment and Nature

Protection and Promotion (Official Gazette

No. 69/96, 13/19, 41/00, 96/00 and 45/02)

representing a framework law on

environmental protection.

However, Macedonia's aspiration to

become a member state of the EU imposed a

need of preparing a new law, which was to

meet the requirements in accordance with the

obligations arising from the Union's so-called

horizontal directives in this area.

Consequently, the new Law on Environment

was prepared and adopted in 2005 (Official

Gazette No. 53/05, 81/05, 24/07).

3. Overview on horizontal directives

The rules apply to all environment

media and waste, are part of the so-called

Horizontal EU legislation and are regulated

by the so-called Horizontal Directives. In the

new Law on Environment, several horizontal

directives of the EU are transposed.

The Directive 2003/4/EC7 addresses

the issue of public access to environmental

information. It aims to guarantee the right of

access to information in the field of

environment that are owned by the public

authority or are possessed for the public

authorities. This Directive makes an effort to

ensure that the environment information

progressively become more available. Further

on, it secures that this information are

published with the intention of their widest

possible systematic dissemination to the

public through electronic media and using

computer telecommunications. It contains the

terms in which public authorities should make

information available and strictly defined the

cases in which public authorities can refuse a

request for information.

The Directive 2001/42/EC8 refers to

the assessment of the effects of certain plans

and programs on the environment. This

directive is one of the more recent legal acts

of the EU. Its goal is to enable a higher degree

of environmental protection, as well as to

contribute towards environmental issues

integration when preparing plans and

programs. This means that its intention is to

guarantee the assessment of plans and

programs that may have significant effects on

the environment.

The Directive 85/337/ЕЕС9 and the

supplementary Directive 97/11/EC10

argue on

the assessment of the effects of certain public

7 Directive 2003/4/EC of the European Parliament and

of the Council of 28 January 2003 on public access to

environmental information and repealing Council

Directive 90/313/EEC. 8 Directive 2001/42/ec of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 June 2001on the assessment of the effects of certain plans and programmes on the environment.

9 Council Directive of 27 June 1985 on the assessment

of the effects of certain public and private projects on

the environment 85/337/EEC. 10

Council Directive 97/11/EC of 3 March 1997

amending Directive 85/337/EEC on the assessment of

the effects of certain public and private projects on the

environment.

Page 74: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 69 http://japmnt.com/

and private projects on the environment. This

Directive regulates the environment impact

assessment of public and private projects

which are likely to have a significant

environmental impact. The environmental

impact assessment identifies, describes and

assesses the impacts that a project has on

humans, flora and fauna, soil, water, air,

climate and landscape, material assets and

cultural heritage.

The Directive 96/61/EC11

is concerned

with the integrated pollution prevention and

control. This Directive contributes towards

achievement of integrated prevention and

control of pollution arising from the activities

or the activities of the installations listed in

Annex I of the Directive. It is consist of

measures designed to prevent or reduce

emissions to air, water and soil as a result of

the above mentioned activities, including

measures concerning waste, in order to

achieve a high level of environmental

protection in general.

The Directive 96/82/EC12

puts an

accent on the control of major-accident

hazards involving dangerous substances. This

Directive enables prevention of major

accidents involving dangerous substances and

limitation of their consequences for man and

the environment in order to ensure a high

level of environment protection in a

consistent and efficient manner.

4. Analyses, findings and discussion

The level of transposition of European

Horizontal Directives in the two Laws (the

previous one - the Law on Environment and

Nature Protection and Promotion, and the new

adopted one - the Law on Environment) was

the main criteria for undertaking comparative

11 Council Directive 96/61/EC concerning integrated pollution prevention and control, IPPC.

12 Ciuncil Directive 96/82/EC of 9 December 1996 on the control of major-accident hazards involving dangerous substances.

analyses. In doing so, we detected four areas

as hot-spots that are differently regulated.

In this sense, the Law on Environment

and Nature Protection and Promotion does not

regulate precisely the rights and obligations

regarding access to environment information

and the right of access to justice, as well as

the procedures for impact assessment of

certain projects, plans and programs on

environment. Furthermore, this law lacked

provisions that would have provided the basis

for ensuring integrated environmental

management. This might have been the case

through a separate system of integrated

permits, as well as prevention and protection

against accident hazards.

As to the first element, the rights and

obligations regarding access to environment

information and the right of access to justice,

the national legislation contained several

provisions relating to the active and passive

dissemination of information, in various acts,

but they were not clear enough. For example,

the past law stated that data on quality and

environmental phenomena endangering

public, without explanation whether they

should be actively disseminated or passively,

simple with responding the request for

information. In this law, interpretation of the

provisions in this area was too limited to that

which is in accordance with the definition of

environmental information according to the

Directive 2003/4/ES (as according to the

Aarhus Convention13

(UNECE). According

to that Directive, it was necessary to

determine which bodies are obliged to

disseminate information actively and to

respond to the requests for information. The

same Directive also contains provisions on

the application of procedure and provision of

information that should be considered when

regulating this matter, as well as provisions

for legal protection when the request for

information is denied or insufficiently

answered. So, the general impression is that

13

It entered into force on 30 October 2001.

Page 75: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 70 http://japmnt.com/

the legal framework in this area was weak

(despite the efforts of the authorities for

transparent operation), which required an

entirely new approach - an approach that is

contained in the new, Law on Environment.

Regarding the second element, the

procedure for assessment of the impact of

certain projects, plans and programs on the

environment, in accordance with previous

legislation, the adoption of plans and

programs of the state administration was

conducted with no assessment of their

environmental impact. With the new Law on

Environment, the procedure (laid down in

Directive 2001/42/ES) aimed at the

environmental consequences to be identified

and assessed during the preparation and

before the adoption of certain plans and

programs was enforced. Pursuant to the Law

on Environment, the public and the authorities

can give their opinion and all conclusions are

integrated and taken into account in the

ongoing proceedings.

After the adoption of the plan or

program, the public is informed of the

decision and the way it was made. Moreover,

the Government informs the public about its

work and the annual program for

implementation, while according to the Law

on Local Self-Government, the municipal

authorities have an obligation to inform

citizens about the plans and programs that are

important for the development of the

municipality and public participation is only

at the initiative of the citizens.

According to Directive 2001/42/EC,

public participation is seen as an individual

right and obligation of the competent

authority and therefore it must be placed in a

legal text, which is done by the Law on

Environment14

.

Further on, it should be stressed that

the procedure for environmental impact

14

Bylaws allow achieving full transposition of the

Directive.

assessment of certain public and private

projects (provided for in the Directives

85/337/ЕЕС and 97/11/EC) is associated with

the procedure for building permit issuance. In

previous legal practice in Macedonia it was

not requested the opinion (which gives the

body of the state administration responsible

for the affairs of the environment) to be

binding on the competent authority issuing a

license to carry out the project, which was not

in accordance with Directive. The public

should be informed about the project

implementation and it should be given the

opportunity to express its opinions or to

participate in the process of decision making.

The inclusion of the public and the cross-

border effects should be taken into account.

Chapter eleven of the new Law, along with

the bylaws (secondary legislation) provided in

it, fully transposing this Directive.

Associated with the third element,

integrated environmental management

through a separate system of integrated

permits, as an obligation to join the EU, the

new Law provides a procedure and time limits

for complying the economic sector with new

norms and standards for the environment

protection.

The EU has a set of rules for permits

for industrial installations. All installations

covered by Annex 1 of Directive 96/61 are

required to obtain permission from the

competent authorities in the country. If they

do not have a permit, their operating will be

banned. Permits must be based on the BAT

concept (Best Available Techniques). For

these installations, the Directive gives 11-year

transition period to comply with the

requirements of the Directive from the date of

entry into force of this Directive.

Previous Macedonian legislation

encompassed more types of permits related to

the environment, but none of them was issued

only by the state administration responsible

for the affairs of the environment. With other

words, environmental aspects were taken into

Page 76: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 71 http://japmnt.com/

account through consultation between

ministries. By contrast, the Law on

Environment developed a separate system of

issuing licenses and it sets rules and deadlines

for achieving conditions in a manner as

required by the Directive permits and

according to the experience of the Member

States of the EU.

With regards to the fourth element,

prevention and protection of accidents

hazards, in the previous legislation, the

measures to protect the environment and

people from accidents caused by hazardous

substances were contained in many acts. The

new Law on Environment unifies activities

and measures taken to damage prevention and

protection in a single act and fully in

accordance with the requirements of Directive

96/82/EC.

5. Concluding remarks

Since the Constitution of Macedonia

guarantees the citizen the right to a healthy

environment, simultaneously provides basis

for tourism development. Based on fact that

the Constitution also sets out the duty of the

state to enable the fulfillment of this right, it

means that it is spotted a necessity for

planning and managing tourism flows.

Without well preserved nature, Macedonia

may not be able to fulfill strategic objectives.

The research found that the Law on

Environment is a framework law made

according to the pattern of western laws

where basic principles and horizontal issues

are regulated in one, basic law. The

comparative analysis resulted with findings

that this law is a kind of a general

environmental law that covers common issues

regulated by sectorial laws for the different

environmental media and waste management,

such as laws on water, on waste management,

on nature protection and on ambient air

quality. Furthermore, this law struggles to

meet the requirements contained in the EU

Directives that are approximated in it. Yet, the

in-depth analysis showed that this law

differently regulates matters regarding the

environment. It determines and specifies the

rights and obligations regarding access to

environment information, and the right of

access to justice. Also, this law sets out

environment impact assessment procedures of

certain projects, plans and programs.

Additionally, it contains provisions that

provide the basis for integrated environmental

management, through a particular system of

integrated permits, and provisions for

prevention and protection against accidents.

So, the research findings stipulate that

the Law on Environment establishes overall

legal framework for management, supervision

and protection of the environment in

accordance with the principles of

professionalism and competence, and

provides a multi-sectorial approach to

environmental protection. As so, it may serve

as a solid base for enhancing tourism

development issue. Generally, the current

environmental policy confirms that

Macedonia has an integrated environmental

protection system, and regulation in line with

established international standards in this

area. Thus, one may argue the possibilities for

providing background for integrated

environmental management of tourism

development.

References

1. Amendment IV of the Constitution of the

Republic of Macedonia. Official Gazette of

the Republic of Macedonia No. 91 of 20

November 2001.

2. Directive 2001/42/EC of the European

Parliament ond of the Council of 27 June

2001on the assessment of the effects of certain

plans and programmes on the environment.

Official Journal of the European

Communities. NO L 197/30. 21.7.2001.

(Available at http://eur-

lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri

=OJ:L:2001:197:0030:0037: EN:PDF).

3. Law on Environment and Nature Protection

and Promotion. Official Gazette of the

Republic of Macedonia No. 69/96, 13/19,

41/00, 96/00 and 45/02.

4. Law on Environment. Official Gazette of the

Republic of Macedonia No. 53/05, 81/05,

24/07, 159/08, 83/09, 48/10, 124/10, 51/11.

Page 77: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 72 http://japmnt.com/

5. National Strategy for Tourism Development

2011-2015. Government of the Republic of

Macedonia (2012). Skopje.

6. Stabilisation and Association Agreement

between the European Communities and their

Member States, of the one part, and the

former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, of

the other part. Council of the European Union,

2000. (Available at http://ec.europa.eu

/enlargement/pdf/the_former_yugoslav_repub

lic_of_macedonia/saa03_01_en.pdf).

7. UNECE Convention on Access to

Information, Public Participation in Decision-

making and Access to Justice in

Environmental Matters. (Available at

http://www.unece.org/env/ pp/treatytext.html).

8. Council Directive of 27 June 1985 on the

assessment of the effects of certain public and

private projects on the environment

85/337/EEC. Official Journal NO. L 175.

05/07/1985 P. 0040 – 0048 (Available at

http://ec.europa.eu/environment/eia/full-legal-

text/85337.htm).

9. Council Directive 96/61/EC of 24

September 1996 concerning integrated

pollution prevention and control.

OFFICIAL JOURNAL L 257. 10/10/1996 P.

0026 – 0040. (Available at http://eur-

lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri

=CELEX:31996L0061:EN: HTML).

10. Council Directive 96/82/EC of 9 December

1996 on the control of major-accident

hazards involving dangerous substances.

OFFICIAL JOURNAL L 010. 14/01/1997 P.

0013 – 0033. (Available at http://eur

lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri

=CELEX: 31996L0082:EN:HTML).

11. Council Directive 97/11/EC of 3 March 1997

amending Directive 85/337/EEC on the

assessment of the effects of certain public and

private projects on the environment. Official

Journal No. L 073. 14/03/1997 P. 0005.

(Available at http://ec.europa.eu/

environment/eia/full-legal-text/9711.htm).

12. Directive of the European Parliament and of

the Council of 28 January 2003 on public

access to environmental information. Official

Journal of the European Union NO L 41/26.

14.2.2003. (Available at

https://www.elaw.org/system/files/EU.20034E

CDirective.pdf).

Page 78: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 73 http://japmnt.com/

MOBILITY SKILLS CONDITION IN MACEDONIA AMONG YOUTH

IN HIGH SCHOOL

Academic-DHK-Angel Dzhambazovski Center for scoliosis - Department of Anthropological kinesiology, Skopje,

Macedonia

Associent Prof. Mitrichka Ks. Stardelova - PhD in Medicine, Faculty of Physical Culture, Department of Kinesiology

Anthropology, Skopje, Macedonia

D-r.med. Nevenka Panovska Center for scoliosis and physiotherapy in Skopje, Macedonia

M PhD. Selim Alili freelancer cooperator, scoliosis and physiotherapy center, Skopje, Macedonia

MA. Kjamilj Elmazi freelancer cooperator, scoliosis and physiotherapy center, Skopje, Macedonia

Abstract - Within this research, the

manifestation of the ontogenetic differences degree in

some motor manifestations between male and female

pupils is investigated, which attend a regular course in

physical (Kinesiology) and health education in the

secondary education in the Republic of Macedonia

related to age. The total male pupils are 320 students,

and 280 of female students in 8 colleges from urban

and rural areas in the whole territory of our country.

These samples are divided into four sub samples of the

respondents for each sex separately, which are males:

from I-st grade (N = 75), II-nd grade (N = 85), III-rd

grade (N = 75) and IV-th grade (N = 65) . For the

assessment of the status of the respondents the mobility

applied battery of tests based upon EUROFIT children

program. From the obtained results the significant

differences can be stated from the ontogenesis

development between male and female pupils from

different chronological age, suggesting a demand for

differentiated programs for mobility development and

kinesiology and health education.

Keyword - teaching, education, female

students, male students, physical kinesiological

education, morphological, mobility, differences,

ontogenesis EUROFIT.

INTRODUCTION

Due to physical and health education

course, the evaluation, regarding and defining

of the ontogenetic development level of the

motor skills to students, presents one of the

basic prerequisites for the implementation of

appropriate education contents. Depending on

the level of the pupil’s development mobility

it is required to anticipate and implement the

teaching adequate contents that will have the

optimal effect. Namely, through the

evaluation of the total condition related to the

mobility student status, as well as the

functional ability, followed and analyzed by

the intellectual and personality characteristics,

it is necessary to make an inspection of the

possibilities and pupils capacities based on

the objective indicators, which are

manifested, to be transferred towards

differentiated approach in the implementation

of the realization of the education itself. An

initial step in the analysis of the level of

development of the mobility, is enlighten of

the certain represents of the balance of the

relationship by recording the differences in

the ratio by the age of the students. In our

present research the degree is defined through

the manifestation of differences in some

mobility indicators between female and male

pupils who attend a regular course in physical

and health education in secondary education

in the Republic of Macedonia. In other

researches we will perform complete analysis

of the mobility, functional, intellectual and

corrective personality characteristics, to

examine the correlation between them.

THE OPERATION METHOD

The total sample consists of 320male

students, and 280 of female students from 8

colleges from urban and rural areas in the

Page 79: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 74 http://japmnt.com/

whole territory of our country. These samples

are divided into the four sub samples-the

respondents for each sex separately. For the

evaluation of the mobility status of the

respondents, the battery of tests based on

EUROFIT children program was applied. For

the evaluation of the mobility skills, the

balancing tests on the bench, the tapping with

hand, deep reach on bench, the jump in

length, dynamo measurement by hand, lifting

of the body within 30sec. the knuckle

endurance, running 20 meters and * 5 meters

and more gradually progressive run - 20m, as

well as running 20 meters of sprint.

For the determination of the

differences in the degree of manifestations in

the overall analyzed area the multivariate

analysis of variance (MANOVA) are applied,

while the single differences in each variable

are determined by analysis of variance

univariance (ANOVA). In order to define the

differences Univariate between pairs of

groups of respondents in every age and every

single analyzed events, is applied to the

testing of these differences by appliance of

the LSD (Last differences significant) test,

with which actually the level of significance

of the differences between each with each

group in every single variable is defined.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Based upon the applied multivariate

analysis variance, which is determined by the

differences in the overall analyzes between

the mobility area surveyed by male and

female respondents, the significant difference

between the groups can be concluded in the

level of significance of 0003 and 0005 related

to their age. Univariate differences between

the groups are significant in each variable

mobility single analyzed in the both samples,

were registered in all analyzed variables,

except the variables in the balance of the

bench (MRAM), tapping with hand (MTAP)

and the hand shake (MSTIS).

On the basis of the defined univariate

differences, it was concluded that with the

pupils of both sex the proportion is evident

into the increase in the overall mobility

(compared to the observed area) with the

chronological age of the students.

Evaluation The Level of

Importance

Vilkov

lambda .751624

Рао Р

(33,595) 1.837385 .003

Table 1. Multivariance analyzes of variance

of the male sub samples.

Page 80: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 75 http://japmnt.com/

kals mram mtap mdlp mskok mstis mstom mzgib m10*5 mleg m20m

1 10.15 10.96 50.79 182.68 25.50 19.21 11.91 22.57 36.40 4.08

2 10.66 11.26 47.18 186.15 27.71 19.29 15.70 21.86 38.01 3.88

3 9.97 10.94 48.35 193.71 27.62 20.32 17.50 21.43 37.89 3.87

4 10.77 10.43 44.34 205.52 27.63 22.74 22.20 20.04 43.45 3.70

Table 2. Middle evaluation of the mobility variable of the male sub samples

Mobility variable Effect Ф(df1,2) The Level of Importance

MRAM 7. .093 .964

MTAP 4. 1.123 .341

MDLP 288. 4.540 .004

MSKOK 3616. 2.997 .032

MSTIS 73. .680 .565

MSTOM 84. 4.637 .003

MZGIB 716. 3.576 .015

M10*5 40. 5.019 .002

MLEG 286. 5.149 .002

MTR20M 1. 4.790 .003

Table3. Univariant of analyze of variance of the female sub samples.

Evaluation The Level of Importance

Vilkov lambda .63

Рао Р (31.43) 1.83 .005

Table 4. Multivariance analyzes of variance of the female sub samples.

k

las mram mtap mdlp mskok mstis mstom mzgib

m10*

5 mleg

m20

m

1 10.11 11.46 51.19 152.16 23.20 15.54 8.87 24.57 35.43 4.88

2 10.21 11.24 48.14 166.17 23.51 16.43 9.54 23.86 36.64 4.34

3 10.01 11.13 49.32 173.11 23.32 18.31 9.94 22.43 37.62 4.20

4 10.32 11.17 47.24 184.62 23.81 20.64 10.25 23.04 39.53 3.89

Table 5. Middle evaluation of the mobility variable of the female sub samples

Page 81: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 76 http://japmnt.com/

Mobility

variable Effect F(df1,2) Importance Level

MRAM 6. .086 .876

MTAP 7. 1.102 .315

MDLP 300. 4.431 .001

MSKOK 3537. 2.675 .035

MSTIS 71. .578 .565

MSTOM 79. 4.547 .002

MZGIB 721. 3.486 .019

M10*5 37. 5.631 .001

MLEG 275. 5.026 .003

MTR20M 1.01 4.672 .004

Table 6. Univariable analyses of the variance of the male sub samples

4. CONCLUSION

From the results of applied analysis

that defined the differences in each

individual morphological and mobility

manifestation among male and female

respondents, in terms of chronological age,

it reveals significant differences between

the pupils and students of different

chronological age. Defined individual

events of separately age, should be taken

as the total content of the subject area

(physical) kineziological health education

in the secondary education. Besides the

complete research of ontogenetic

development among students in terms of

mobility-functional capabilities, the

antropometric, intellectual abilities and

features are demanded.

For the purpose of the sport it is

necessary selection to be done in all above

mentioned capabilities without training as

early as preschool and early school age

would be developed and genetic

kinesiology and children's manifest

capabilities that sport is destined and what

level will can be trainned.

Finally we can conclude that the

need for a hour kinezioloshko (physical)

health education is needed in the

prevention against disease hipokinesis of

the civilizational achievements.

Reference

1. Enoka. R. M.: “Osnovni kineziologii”, Kiev,

2000 (Osnovi na kineziolo{kata teorija-

humana kinetika).

2. Winter DA.: Foot trajectory in human gait.

Physical Therapy, Vol 72, 1, 1992

3. Блахуш П.: К теории тестированиа

двигателних способностеи. Физкултура и

спорт, Москва, 1982

4. Блашковиќ, М.: Релације морфолошких

карактеристика и моторичких

способности. Кинезиологија, 1979.

5. Бошковиќ М.: Анатомија човека.

Медицинска кнјига, Београд-Загреб, 1975.

Page 82: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 77 http://japmnt.com/

6. Верхошански Ј.: Развој снаге у спорту

(превод са руског), НИПРО Партизан,

Београд, 1979.

7. Виски Н.: Факторска структура тјелесне

тежине. Кинезиологија, 2, 1972.

8. Гајиќ М.: Основи моторике човека.

Факултет физичќке културе Универзитета

у Новом Саду, ООУР Институт физичке

културе, Нови Сад, 1985.

9. Джамбазовски А.; Кинезиолошка

медицина - спортска физиотерапија -

медицинска кинезиологија, Скопје 2011.

10. Старделова Дж. М.: Теорија на

антрополошката кинезиологија, Скопје,

2011.

11. Старделова Џ. М.: Онтогенетскиот развој

кај учениците од двата пола од основното

и средното образование во Македонија

како предикција за селекција во спортот,

Мај 2006, Скопје.

12. Топузов И., Е. Кавдански, Д. Вчков, Н.

Петрова, Г. Начева, Д. Денчева:

Югозападен Университет - Благоевград,

Катедра кинезитерапия „Антропометрична

и функционална характеристика на

ученици и студенти“,Физическото

възпитание и спортът между два века,

Велико Търново, 2000.

13. Топузов И., К. Бојчев, М Глушкова.:

Валеологията в обучението на студентите

по физическо възпитание, „Физическото

възпитание и спортът между два века“

Велико Търново, 2000.

Page 83: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 78 http://japmnt.com/

KINESIOLOGY IN FUNCTION OF THE SKELETAL-MUSCLE

DEFORMATION PREVENTION AT SCHOOL AGE

Associent Prof. Mitrichka Ks. Stardelova - PhD in Medicine FKK, Department of Kinesiology Anthropology,

Skopje, Macedonia

Associent Prof. Dimitrinka K. Conkova VTU, Veliko Tarnovo, Bulgaria

Dr.med. V. Krstevska Center for scoliosis and physiotherapy in Skopje, Macedonia

D-r.med. Nevenka Panovska Center for scoliosis and physiotherapy in Skopje, Macedonia

M PhD. Selim Alili freelancer cooperator, scoliosis and physiotherapy center, Skopje, Macedonia

Academician - DHK Prof. Dr.. Angel Dzhambazovski Center for scoliosis and physiotherapy, Skopje -

Macedonia

Abstract: The research is conducted on

1000 male respondents from the eighth grade all

the way to the completion of their secondary

education. The deviations of the foot and the spinal

cord malformations as well as the bad body posture

with chest deformities were mainly analyzed.The

visual method was used for the registration of all

the malformations that represent a deviation from a

normal body posture. Analysis of orthopedic and

aesthetic bodily disorders were carried out by the

abovementioned authors on a thousand students

from 15 to 19 years of age. Deviations were found

in the normal form of foot 23.8%, spinal cord

deformities 20.5%, and the bad body postures with

chest deformities 16.3%. The main reason for this

situation are the hypokinesis, and in order to be

solved it is recommended private and the state

property centers for aesthetic and orthopedic

kinesiology and physiotherapy to open.

Keywords: Kinesiology Medicine,

Physiotherapy, Kinesiotherapy, diseases of

nowadays, malformations.

1. INTRODUCTION

Kineziology Medicine -

Physiotherapy and Kinesiotherapy are

relevant in the presence of pandemics of

diseases of nowadays, such as: skeletal

deformities, cardiovascular, degenerative

diseases, hormonal etc.. This results as a

lower physical burden of children

activities due to growth and development

stage of their body-lately the orthopedic

deformities are present with a very high

percent. The analysis of different health

checks within Balkan countries and

Europe showed an increase of

malformations among students. The

reasons for this situation despite hypo

kinesis are also the wrong diet, the long

sitting in front of the TV Set, computers,

improper seating, creating of wrong

stereotyped posture models, as well as the

switching the night-time with the day-time

sleep.

The biggest problem for this

situation are the densely populated urban

areas where the physical activity is

reduced to zero. If ever a man mentally

used to perform 1% of his survival

activities, and the rest he was shiftin

through the personal physical effort and

gravitate up to 100%, the physical effort

today in urbanized areas is reversed, so

that the physical effort gravitates toward

zero, and the intellectual up to 100 %.

Such a condition of hypokinesia is one of

the reasons for the huge percentage of

skeletal-muscle malformations.

Page 84: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 79 http://japmnt.com/

2.0. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

From our research it is shown that

the percentage deviation from the normal

development of the body of the child in the

process of growth and development is very

large. Having in mind that 23.8% of

children have a deviation from normal

physiological-morphological structure of

the foot, with a lowered arch, called flat

foot. We assume that that this situation

arose due to lack of physical effort, rarely

walking of children with barefoot. It is

interesting to note that children who have

flat feet usually have vertebral deformities,

so that their percentage is 20.5%, and

many of them have deformities of the

chest 16.3%. General and the main reason

for this situation are the hypokinesis and

they result with the appearance of gained

vertebral deformities known as: one-sided

or two-sided distortions columna

vertebralis, generally called skoliosi,

meaning lateral curvature of the spine,

then curved front-rear direction, known as

lordosi and kifosi, also the false feet called

planus pedis, and various deformities of

the chest.

Similar results in a larger study by

the Institute of Public Health of the

Republic of Macedonia obtained data for

alarming deterioration of back-

deformations. Thus, the Institute for

Healthcare Macedonia analyzed over 2000

students from primary, secondary and

higher education, respectively in 1995 and

the same population was examined in

2006. From the results in 2006 compared

to the 1995, there has been a kifozite

deterioration in 18.5%, in skoliozite

26.9%, lordozite between students and

upper classes showed deterioration 86.2%

comparatively speaking in terms of pre ten

years ago today. Which results with a

constant deterioration.

According to the National Institute

of Public Health in Republic of Macedonia

Research results (published on 12.02.2007

in the daily Newspaper "Vreme" p.2

entitled "Computers hunched the

children"), are following:

1.0. Deformities among primary

school students

1.1. Foot deformities 22.6%

1.2. Spinal cord deformities 17.6%

1.3. Bad body posture 17.3%

2.0. Deformities among high

school students

2.1. Bad posture 22.5%

2.2. Foot deformities 17.6%

2.3. Spinal cord deformities 15.9%

The results are published in the

percent of a thousand children.

3.0. CONCLUSION

Nowadays diseases, the skeletal

deformities - cardiovascular and

degenerative hormonal diseases, according

to other studies, also follow our obtained

results. These skeletal-muscle apparatus

condition diseases are the nowadays

diseases and are result of insufficient

physical children and adults activity, a

condition generally known as hypokinesia

that genuine concerns and probably is

confirmed as the main cause for the spinal

cord deformities. Beside the hypokinesis,

the lifestyle is also important, the nurture,

the material conditions, the general quality

of life etc.. The cause of the hormonal

disorders, apoplexy, heart attacks, high

blood pressure and other nowadays

diseases are also already above mentioned

factors.

Within a situation like this, the

State University of Physical Education

should present in front of the state

authorities a special program for the

prevention of the skeletal-muscle

deformations, as well as the functional-

motor disabilities preventively to be

stopped, i.e.by increasing of the number of

hours of physical and health education at

least three hours per week starting in first

grade. To increase the teaching quality of

aesthetic body shaping and to control the

physical development of the students, to be

followed by the teacher and to monitor the

Page 85: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 80 http://japmnt.com/

biological formation of the student

together with the doctor, referring to

children who have vertebral deformities to

instructing them to the kinesiotherapy

centers. The demand for the establishment

of private offices – a cabinet for

orthopedic and aesthetic kinesiology

becomes greater. Creating preconditions

for mass physical culture among the

population, infrastructure as well as

enrichment opportunities with sports

facilities.Motivating and guiding

graduated people for specializations for

two semesters for orthopedic and aesthetic

kinesiology, and the master's degree to

perform the function of cocoordinating

theory with practical knowledge and

differential efforts to be put into operation

needs of the kineziology -medical practice.

The demand of larger state investment in

these diseases prevention is the need and

necessity of the 21st century.

REFERENCE

1. Enoka. R. M.: “Osnovni kineziologii”, Kiev,

2000 (Osnovi na kineziološkata teorija-humana

kinetika).

2. Zavod za zdravstvena zaštita, Kompjuterite i

rancite gi zgrbavija decata. Grupa avtori: “Vreme”

12.02.2007, Skopje.

3. Janev V.: “Intelekt i dejnost na sportista”.

Sporten intelekt, Sofija, 1997

4. Momirović, K., R, Medved., V. Horvat, Pavišić -

Medved., B.: Normativi kompleta antropometriskih

varijabla školske omladine oba spola u doba od 12

do 18 godina, fizička kultura br. 9-10, Beograd,

1979.

5. Naumovski A., S. Matovski, A. Xambazovski:

“Komparirawe na biomotornata faktorska struktura

kaj učenicite pred i posle treningot so različni

sportovi”. Fizička kultura, Skopje, Tom 26, 1-2, str.

20-25, 1995.

6. Petrov, L.: Formirane i razvitie na Teorijata i

praktikata na fizičeskoto vospitanie, glava 1.

Teorija na fizičeskoto vospitanie, Veliko Trnovo,

2003..

7. Petrov N; Džambazovski A.; sorabotnici:

“Proekcija za razvojot, inoviranjeto i

transformiranjeto na sistemot na vospitanieto i

obrazovanieto vo Republika Makedonija”.

Redakcija na spisanieto, “Prosvetno delo”, Skopje,

1994.

8. Popovski, D.: Sportovite vo voda, Univerzitet

“Kiril i Metodij” Skopje, 1988.

9. Radovanović,: Uspeh studirawa i sportska

aktivnost studenata. Fizička kultura, Beograd,

1974.

10. Stardelova Dž. M.: “Ontogenetskiot razvoj kaj

učenicite od dvata pola od osnovnoto i srednoto

obrazovanie vo Makedonija kako predikcija za

selekcija vo sportot”.Doktorska disertacija, Maj

2006, Skopje

11. Stardelova Dž.M.: Kineziološkite aktivnosti

kako zadol`itelna potreba i nu`nost na novoto

vreme, Ohrid, 2003.

12. Stardelova Dž.M.: Struktura na fizičkata

kultura, struktura na kineziologijata, 17 i 19

Septemvri 2004, Ohrid.

13. Stardelova Dž.M.: Kineziološka medicina i

kineziološka ortopedija. Ruse, 2004.

14. Stardelova Dž.M.: Kineziološko obrazovanie

kako zadol`itelna nu`nost na 21ot

vek. Varn,

Oktomvri 2004.

15. Stardelova Dž.M.: Transformacija na fizička

kultura od interdisciplinarna nauka vo samostojna

nauka narečena Kineziologija. Belgrad,

12.12.2003.

16. Stardelova M. Dž ambazovski A., Panovska N.:

Ergonomic standards for children. Naučna

konferencija s me`dunarodno učastie. Fizičesko

vzpitanie, sport, kineziterapija. Blagoevgrad 2009.

17. Stardelova Dž.M. Dž ambazovski A., Conkova

D.: Antropometrično-motornite funkcionalnite

sposobnosti na učenicitre od osnovnoto i srednoto

obrazovanie. V. Trnovo, 2006.

18. Stardelova Dž.M., A. Dzambazovski, N.

Panovska, V. Krstevska.: Značaj fizičkog

obrazovawa za vaspitače strukovnih studija u

funkciji prevencije kičmenih deformacija i bawsko

- fizioterapeutskog turizma. Zbornik radova sa

sestog simpozijuma “vaspitač u 21 veku”.

Aleksinac, 2011.

19. Džambazovski A.: “Kineziološka medicina”,

Skopje, 1990.

20. Džambazovski A.: “Teorija na fizičkata

kultura”. (voved vo kineziologijata). Skopje, 1998 i

2002g.

21. Džambazovski A., M. Stardelova, D. Kadinova

- Conkova.: Antropometriskite - motornite i

funkcionalnite sposobnosti na učenicite od

osnovnoto i srednoto obrazovanie. Rusevski

Univerzitet, Ruse, 2005.

22. Džambazovski A., M. Dž. Stardelova.:

Specijalna kineziologija. Orginalen naučen doklad.

Rusenski Univerzitet. Ruse, 2005.

23. Džambazovski A., Stardelova Dž.M.,

Džambazovski K., Spasovska K.: Primena terapije

za grupu habitualne likasacije ramenog zgloba.

Zbornik radova sa šestog simpozijuma “vaspitač u

21 veku”. Aleksinac, 2011.

24. Džambazovski A., Stardelova M.: Our

physiotherapy in curing of discus hernia. Jobileina

Page 86: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 81 http://japmnt.com/

naučna konferencija s me`dunarodno učastie.

“Fizičeskoto vzpitanie i sport v obrazovatelnata

sistema”. Blagoevgrad, 2007.

25. Džambazovski A., Stardelova M., Krstevska

V.: Našija opit v lečenieto na grbačnite deformacii.

Na tr`estvenoto čestvanie i naučna konferencija

pod patrona`a na rektora na NSA “V. Levski” prof.

L. Dimitrov, 60 godini Kineziterapija v Bulgarija

2007.

26. Džambazovski A.: Kineziološka medicina -

sportska fizioterapija - hiropraktika - medicinska

kineziterapija, Skopje, 2011.

27. Džambazovski A., Stardelova Dž.M.: Teorija

na antropološkata kineziologija. Skopje, 2011.

Page 87: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 82 http://japmnt.com/

TOXIC EFFECTS OF CHLOROPICRIN AND IMPACT OF SORBED

WATER STEAM ON PROTECTION

Milena Nikolić, Faculty of Medical Sciences, Kragujevac, Serbia [email protected]

Mladen Nikolić, College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia [email protected]

Dragan Nikolić, College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia [email protected]

Abstract: Chloropicrin is a chemical

substance that has a very toxic effect. Exerts its effect

on the respiratory system. Causes pulmonary edema

and difficult breathing and suffocating effect.

Respiratory protection may be carried into execution

respiratory filters. On the protective power filter based

on active coal affects adsorbed water vapor. This paper

presents the results of the adsorption of water vapor on

activated carbon from 5% to 25%. Was used for the

experiment apparatus for dynamic adsorption, the

results showed that the humidity of 5% coal provides

most power protection, while humidity of 25%

minimum protective power.

Keywords: toxic, Chloropicrin, filter,

adsorption, water vapor, relative humidity, activated

carbon, protective power

1. Toxic effects of Chloropicrin

Chloropicrin was first obtained by the

action of chlorine lime picric acid. Besides

insecticide Chloropicrin effect acts as a

fungicide, herbicide and nematocid. Has an

important application in soil disinfection.

Restricted used for disinfection and

storage space due to its toxicity to humans.

Chloropicrin is a colorless oily liquid

and a characteristic pungent odor. Obtained

by light green-yellow color due to

decomposition of chlorine and nitrogen

oxides. Solubility in water is 0.16%. In

organic solvents to dissolve well.

Chloropicrin is stable compound and a

derivative of methane preserved the properties

of saturated hydrocarbons.At elevated

temperature and the boiling temperature of

slightly decomposed. Chloropicrin hydrolysis

does not take place in an aqueous medium,

even at elevated temperatures.

Chloropicrin is a strong poison that

adversely affects the lungs. Liquid

Chloropicrin causes severe damage to the

skin. Concentration of 0.002 mg/dm3

suzavačka cause of action for a period of 3 to

30 seconds, and the concentration of 0.05

mg/dm3 was unbearable. Higher

concentrations cause nausea, vomiting and

stomach.Damage to the respiratory system

occurs at concentrations greater than 0.1

mg/dm3, and death at a concentration of 2

mg/dm3 and exposure of 10 minutes.

The main mechanism of action is

occurrence of pulmonary edema. Pulmonary

edema occurs due to disturbance alveolar

capillary permeability and causing the output

of fluid from the blood into the alveolar

spaces. The increase in lung vascular

permeability is the result of direct action of

the poison and disorder nervous regulation of

capillary function. Poison, and the reaction

products act on the receptors of the lungs,

where the vagus nerve impulse is sent through

the central nervous system. Effector impulses

back to the effector organ via the sympathetic

nerves. Reflex defenses are manifested by

creating fluid in the alveoli lungs. In further

reflection of the pathologic character, which

leads to an increase in pulmonary edema. The

occurrence of pulmonary edema initially

difficult, and later disables reception of

oxygen from the blood into the alveoli and

excretion of carbonic acid from the blood into

the alveoli. Hemoglobin oxygen saturation

decreases and at the moment of death is

almost no oxygen.

2. Protection from Chloropicrin

Respiratory protection of Chloropicrin

may be provided with respirators. Filling most

suitable respirator is activated carbon.

Activated carbon is one of a group of

materials that have a highly developed

porosity. Carbon atoms are held together by

covalent bonds, are arranged in a plane in the

Page 88: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 83 http://japmnt.com/

form of hexagonal rings. The distance

between the planes is higher than that of

graphite. A number of these two planes

placed one above the other, form crystallites.

Crystallites of activated carbon are each

different in size, they are not properly lined

up next to each other, and therefore have high

surface heterogeneity.

Micropores are the smallest pores with

a diameter below 15-16 x 10-10 m. Based on

tests Dubinina, a large number of

microporous activated carbons have

micropore diameters in the range of 4 - 8 x

10-10 m. The size of these pores coincides

with the size of molecules adsorbujućih.

Micropore volume of activated

carbons ranges from 0.20 to 0.60 cm3 / g, a

surface area of 1000 - 2000 m2 per gram.

Transitional pores larger than

micropores and have diameters of 15 - 16 to

1000 to 2000 x 10-10 m.

Transition pore volume of activated

carbons was in the range of 0.02 to 0.10 cm3 /

g. Area per gram in the range of 20 - 70 m2.

Effective transition pore diameters are in the

range of 40-1000 x 10-10 m.

Have a radius of macropores above

1000 - 2000 x 10-10 we are most massive

pores of activated carbon. Macropore volume

ranges from 0.2 to 0.8 cm3 / g, and the area

per gram within the limits of 0.5 - 2 m2.

Some carbon atoms in activated

carbon are not at the same energy level. These

include unsaturated carbon atoms valence that

allows chemical bonding with other

molecules, atomic groups and radicals.

Gaseous substances adsorbed onto

activated carbon is of particular importance to

oxygen. Oxygen can be adsorbed onto

activated carbon in two basic ways:

• physically adsorbed and

• chemisorbed.

Which of these modes dominates,

depends on temperature. At lower

temperatures, the oxygen is adsorbed mainly

physical adsorption, and as the temperature

increases, and increases the reaction

hemisorpcije, where oxygen molecules are

dissociated into atoms, which react

chemically with the atoms of coal and

generate the surface oxide layer.

Oxidized surface, formed at

hemisorpciji oxygen at high temperatures,

unless there is a shift in the gas phase, they

differ from those of stability of chemisorption

formed at lower temperatures. In this case,

there is a great diversity of surface oxygen

composition. When the surface of activated

carbon oxidized atmospheric oxygen, at a

temperature of about 300 0C hemisorpcije

process there is an increase, and the

maximum level is formed at a temperature of

400-450 0C. At higher temperatures, the

oxide breaks down into several parts, and at a

temperature of 900 - 1000 0C most of the

unbuilt.

Carbon surface can be reduced by

hydrogen at high temperature, or increasing

hydrogen pressure.

Presence of chemisorbed oxygen on

the surface of carbonaceous substances has an

important effect on the adsorption of water

vapor.

Pierce and Smith described the

adsorption of water, where the water

molecules bind to the primary adsorption

centers. The adsorbed water molecules are

subsequently act as secondary centers, which

builds multimolekularna the adsorption

pressure increased.

When the pressure is sufficiently high,

the micropores are filled, and with further

increase in pressure multimolekularna

adsorption continues to create the surface of

the membrane, and in large enough pore

capillary condensation builds, the water vapor

pressure sufficient for saturation.

Dubinin and coworkers have found

that the work for the process of interaction of

active carbon and oxygen characteristic two

extreme cases:

- At a temperature of 0 - 1000C on

activated carbon surface oxides are formed

the base character and

- At temperatures above 2000C the

interaction of activated carbon and oxygen

leads to the formation of surface oxides

primarily acidic character.

Some research has shown that the

presence of acidic surface oxides of abnormal

adsorption capacity of activated carbons by

polar molecules.

Page 89: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 84 http://japmnt.com/

Dubinin and conspiracy investigated

the adsorption isotherm of water on samples

of activated carbon. They found that there is a

substantial influence of surface oxides on the

ability of activated carbon with absorption by

water vapor.

Dubinin and coworkers laid the basis

of the theory of adsorption of water vapor,

based on hemisorpciji the primary adsorption

centers, ie, the surface oxides.

Water chemisorbed on oxides, via hydrogen

bonds, creating new secondary centers

suitable for further chemisorption.

Both types of surface oxides,

especially acidic character, show a significant

influence on the adsorption of water vapor on

activated carbon. At relative humidity greater

than 40-50%, water vapor molecules bind

with the free polar centers of the lattice and

the previously adsorbed water molecules

through hydrogen bridges, so that a

significant increase in the adsorption of water

vapor, which can be seen on the adsorption

isotherms of water vapor.

When the carbon surface is covered

with almost complete monomolecular covers,

with a further increase of the relative pressure,

are formed Pore volume is filled at the point

when the water vapor is adsorbed on opposite

walls combination. When activated charcoal

that does not contain a proportional

relationship transition pore volume of

adsorbed water vapor at saturation pressure is

equal to the volume of micropores. Hysteresis

loop can not be compared with the capillary

condensation of water vapor, because the

same thing happens on activated carbon,

which is no transition pore, and hysteresis

loops show a striking effect of molecular

sieves.

When activated carbons that have

developed transitional pores, they become

full-induced capillary condensation at high

relative pressures, it becomes a permanent

case of monomolecular and multimolekularne

adsorption on the walls of the pores.

Water vapor adsorption on activated

carbon with developed porosity transition

progresses in two phases hysteresis on

adsorption isotherms. At lower relative

pressures, a hysteresis loop is determined by

the polarity of groups at higher relative

pressures, capillary condensation in

transitional pores.

Kiselov and his colleagues concluded

that the adsorption of water vapor on

activated carbon, depending on the degree of

oxidation of the surface and porosity of coal,

and that the primary role in the adsorption of

water vapor capillary condensation.

Daceya, Clunier and Thomas during the

experiment, water vapor adsorption on

activated carbon, found no hysteresis loop

which explains the high microporous structure

of activated carbon.

Research adsorption of water vapor

state that is the same as a function of chemical

structure and porosity of activated carbon and

also quite far from the end of the possible

solutions. However adsorbed water vapor, and

to a certain extent and relative humidity affect

the protective power, or on the adsorption of

toxic substances within the meaning of

increase or decrease in the protective power

which depends on the physico-chemical

properties of adsorbing matter.

3. Experimental research

Used for the experiments of the

apparatus shown in Figure 1 The apparatus

was composed of the following parts: 1

Rotometar air, 2 Court with concentrated

sulfuric acid, 3 Court with water,

4.Psihrometar, 5.Mixer , 6 Rotometar for

secondary air, 7 Wash with concentrated

sulfuric acid, with a dry 8.T ower solid

adsorbent, 9 Wash with Chloropicrin, 10 Way

stop cock, 11 Respiratory filter, 12

Respiratory filter to be tested, 13.Collon with

dry activated carbon, 14 Quartz heating tube,

15 indicator

Page 90: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 85 http://japmnt.com/

Figure 1. Aparatus for filter testing

Through the respiratory filter is

a mixture of vapor permeable

Chloropicrin and air mixture at a flow

rate of 0.5 dm3 / s with a concentration

of 0.5% Chloropicrin Cmdr. The

amount of air mixed with 24 dm3/min

air mixer and passed through

respiratory filter. Chloropicrin mixture

of air and breaking through the

respiratory filter is carried out through

a quartz tube that is directly heated

burner, and then sent to indicator.

Chloropicrin when going through the

quartz tube leads to its destruction.

Chlorine, which is created by

decomposition of Chloropicrin in

contact with the indicator as active

iodine from potassium iodide

suppressed and newly formed

elemental iodine with starch builds a

blue discoloration of the end of the

experiment.

4. Results and discussion

The effects of water vapor

adsorption on activated carbon in the

respiratory protective power filter are

given in Table 1 and Graph 1.

From the table (1) and graphics

(1) shows that the adsorbed water

vapor on activated carbon has an

impact on the protective power of

Chloropicrin filter. Increasing water

vapor adsorption on activated carbon

adversely affects the protective power

filters. Adsorbed water vapor

adsorption space is occupied by active

carbon, so that the cut surface of

activated carbon, which is available

Chloropicrin. Chloropicrin is not

susceptible to hydrolysis, which further

reduces the adsorption power of coal.

In Respiratory protection of

Chloropicrin should strive to charcoal

filters, which are filled with a

minimum sorbed water vapor.

Table (1) Effect of water vapor

adsorbed at a relative humidity of 50%

in the protective power

Moisture of

activated

charcoal

(%)

Relative

humidity

(%)

The protective

power of filter

min s

5 50 48 32

10 50 45 15

15 50 43 40

20 50 39 35

25 50 37 27

Page 91: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 86 http://japmnt.com/

Graph 1. Protective power of time to

Chloropicrin filters depending on the

adsorption of water vapor

5. Conclusion

For filtration of air

contaminated with Chloropicrin can be

used filters based on activated carbon.

Aivated charcoal may have, depending

on usage conditions, different

humidity, and can be used at different

relative humidity. Desorbed water

vapor on activated carbon was

important for the sorption of

Chloropicrin. chloropicrin is not

susceptible to hydrolysis and adsorbed

water vapor adversely affects the

protective power filters. The study

showed that activated charcoal

humidity of 5% provides protective

power of 48 min and 32 s, while

activated charcoal humidity of 25%

reduces the protective power of filters

at 37 min and 27 s.

References

1. Brajović M.: Chemistry of poison

gases, Belgrade (1983)

2. D. Nikolic, R. Biočanin: activated

carbon NBC protection function, Bulletin

NBC, Krusevac (1995)

3. D. Nikolic: Influence of relative

vlažosti air purification air pollution in order to

protect the ecosystem, Ekologika 3, (1996)

4. D. Nikolic: Protection against the

effects of toxic substances and effects of NBC

weapons, SC NBC Krusevac (1997)

5. Nikolic D.: Geometry of filters for

respiratory protection, environment and

ecosystem from toxic gases and vapors,

Bulletin NBC, Krusevac (1996)

6. Stanković D.: Medicine, Medical

Books Belgrade-Zagreb (1986)

Page 92: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 87 http://japmnt.com/

EFFECTS OF ATROPINE SULFATE AFTER POISONING

WITH ORGANOPHOSPHORUS COMPOUNDS

MSc ph Milena Nikolić, Faculty of Medical Sciences, Kragujevac, Serbia

[email protected]

Mladen Nikolić, College for chemical-technological school, Serbia [email protected]

Abstract: Organophosphorus

compounds are most toxic synthesized

substances. This group consists of the

substances used in the composition of

chemical weapons. Less toxic substances in

this group are used as insecticides. These

compounds are inhibitors of the enzyme

esterase-holing. First aid and treatment of

poisoning with these substances is achieved by

atropine sulfate.

Keywords: organophosphorus

compounds, insecticides, toxic effects, atropine

sulfate, first aid

1. Introduction

Development of organo-

phosphorus compounds begins in the

nineteenth century. They penetrate

organism through the respiratory

system, skin and digestive tract. They

act directly on the central nervous

system, depending on the dose can in a

short period of time, lead to death. At

higher doses, there is a so-called

momentary effect, death occurs

immediately. For this substance is also

typical to have a cumulative effect.

The organophosphorus com-

pounds are among the most toxic

compounds synthesized and their part

in chemical weapons and insecticides

is significant.

2. Toxic Substances

The most important repre-

sentatives of the toxic chemicals from

the composition of chemical weapons,

here in after referred to PCS, as sarin,

soman and tabun. The mechanism of

action of the substance is the same.

Chemically speaking, all PCS paralytic

nerve activity are organophosphorus

compounds. There are over a thousand

different organophosphorus

compounds, in addition to soman, sarin

and tabun.

Between themselves PCS this

type there is a difference in the level of

toxicity that can be manifold.

Tab. (1) Inhalation toxicity of

paralytic OHS neural activity in the

form of vapor or aerosol to people of

average weight

OHS

Lethal

contretation

LC50 (mg in

min/m3)

Start

of

effect

(min)

VX-

poison 4 –5 4-10

Soman 45 – 70 1-15

Sarin 70 -100 2-15

Tabun 300 – 400 10-15

PCS nerve paralytic effects are

irreversible inhibitors of cholinesterase

in the human body. Inhibition of this

enzyme leads to the accumulation,

endogenous acetylcholine'', so that

each new quantity of the release of

acetylcholine cause a longer and more

intense effects on organs. Excess

acetylcholine in the body initially

stimulates and then paralyzes impulse

transmission at all synapses where

acetylcholine appears as a mediator, in:

- The central nervous system,

- Neuromuscular coupling,

- Sensory nerve endings,

- Ganglionic synapses

holinergic and adrenergic (sympa-

thetic and parasympathetic) nerves,

- Post ganglionic drenergic

nerve terminals that innervate glands

and blood vessels,

Page 93: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 88 http://japmnt.com/

- Adrenergic nerve terminals

(without ganglionic synapses) in the

adrenal gland and

- Post ganglionic cholinergic

nerve terminals.

When it comes to toxico-

dynamics, there are three main

activities of the effect of acetylcholine.

- The biochemical structures

innervated cholinergic nerves, leading

to stimulation of bronchial smooth

muscle, organs, abdomen, heart

muscle, sweat and mucus glands and

others., These effects are also called

acetylcholine muscarinic and, due to

the analogy with the effect of alkaloid

muscarine,

- The biochemical structure of

ganglion cells and nerve endings in the

cross-striped muscle. This action is

called nicotian, because of the

similarity with the effects of nicotine,

- The biochemical structure of

the central nervous system that has

muscarinic and nicotian receptors.

These substances do not cause

any inflammatory changes in the points

of entrance in the body and thez don’t

cause irritation of nerve endings

sensible nerves.

Volatile substances are non

polarised, with high liposolubility,

which is very well absorbed from the

mucous membranes, even through

intact skin. At these features is their

use as agents. Repeated exposure of

the organism to low doses repeatedly

in a relatively short period of time can

cause poisoning and even death.

Disorders that cause these

substances are grouped into the

following categories:

- Acetylcholine-cholinesterase

system,

- Nervous system,

- Respiratory system,

- Cardiovascular system

- Digestive system and

- Certain organs.

On the nerve endings there are

specific microscopic entities on which

delivery is made through nervous

impulses from one neuron to another

or from the nerve to the effector organ.

These structures are called synapses.

Submissions of impulses in the

synapses are made by the mediator. In

the peripheral nervous system mediator

is acetyl-choline. In the central nervous

system, there are multiple mediators,

and plays an important role of acetyl-

choline. That is, the transmission of

nerve impulses in a healthy organism

is produced by a compound acetyl-

choline. Created acetyl-choline,

influenced enzyme cholinesterase

breaks down and it stops the muscle

contractions that seemed. PCS

paralytic nerve activity is associated

with the enzyme cholinesterase,

resulting in the accumulation of acetyl-

choline. The increased amount of

acetyl-choline in the body cause

disorders that impair the normal

functioning of all organs, especially of

the respiratory and circulatory system.

In normal conditions, the effect of

acetylcholine is a millionth of a

second, and the active center of

cholinesterase in these conditions can

be hydrolyzed 300,000 molecules of

acetylcholine.

More serious forms of

poisoning have the following layout

and flow: secretion from the nose,

chest tightness, constriction of pupil

(miosis) and visual impairment-

eclipse, difficulty in breathing, fascial

muscle spasms, excessive sweating,

nausea, vomiting, uncontrolled release

of urine and diarrhea, muscle

twitching, staggering, severe headache,

confusion, drowsiness, convulsions

and death by paralysis. These

symptoms develop rapidly and death

can occur in about 10 minutes.

Code for mild poisoning or

exposure at lower concentrations, show

the following symptoms of poisoning:

Page 94: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 89 http://japmnt.com/

pupil constriction and impaired vision,

chest tightness and shortness of breath,

anxiety, eye pain and headaches. In

further developing the symptoms of

poisoning are severe, but in a milder

form. In the use of antidotes atropine

sulfate syringe these symptoms are

starting to lose after several hours.

When PCS neural effects of

paralytic effects on the nervous system

it can be concluded that:

- Central nervous system

stimulant react at first, and later

inhibition,

- In the pathological process all

parts of the central nervous system are

involved and

- The rate of participation of

certain parts of the nervous system in

the pathological process of distortion

and intensity of its functions is not

equal, that is the most sensitive cortex.

PCS paralytic nerve activity

and cause of disruption in the work of

the organs and glands that have smooth

muscle fibers (eye, intestines, bronchi,

gland).

It also causes disturbances in

motor nerves and muscles, a

consequence of convulsive contraction

of muscle spasms muscle fibers muscle

weakness, etc..

The immediate cause of death in the

PCS effects of neural activity is a

paralytic disorder breathing function.

Breathing disorder occurs in

the early stages of poisoning, and

under the influence of small amounts

of these substances these disorders

arise from effects of action on the

central nervous system, the peripheral

nervous system and the effector

organs.

The disorder breathing function

involved several factors:

- Bronchospasm (a conse-

quence of the effects on the structure

holino reactive bronchial broncho-

spasm may be one of the reasons for

the occurrence of death, bronchospasm

and is the main reason for the heavy

breathing and the occurrence of man

feeling of tightness in the chest),

- Respiratory center (changes

can be quantitative and qualitative

changes in the flow in two phases that

in the first short-term toxicity observed

irritation of respiratory center, which

was later reduced long-term depre-

ssion, but if you are organized enough

to resuscitate a long (2 to 3 hours) may

be established functions of breathing),

- Respiratory muscles (pois-

oning causes characteristic changes in

the muscle's breathing muscles as well;

appear jerky muscle contractions,

tremors muscle fibers, partial or

complete muscle weakness).

PCS paralytic nervous activities

also act on the cardiovascular system.

In this system, there are changes of

vascular tone and the functional state

of the heart muscle.

These substances slow the heart

rate and reduce the force of contraction

of the muscle as a result of the action

of acetylcholine muscarinic receptors

in the heart. With this disorder leads to

the disruption in the electrical

conductivity of the nervous system of

the heart.

PCS nerve paralytic causes

heavy salivation, increased secretion of

glands and increased contractions of

the stomach and intestines, which

among other things has resulted in

listless bowel movements.

A sign in the action of these

substances is miosis (constriction)

pupils. It is stable and

depending on the concentration of the

poison that has acted may last for days.

Toxic chemical type VX for its

toxic effects belonging to the group of

toxic chemicals neuro-paralytic action,

or a group of toxins that irreversibly

inhibit cholinesterase. In its chemical

structure are organophosphorus esters.

VX most toxic poisons are

toxic chemicals. From other listed

Page 95: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 90 http://japmnt.com/

toxic nerve agents are up to a hundred

times. Work quickly through

respiratory, skin and digestive tract.

Act as poisons and neuro-

paralytic or block cholinesterase and

cause general poisoning organism.

Symptoms of poisoning toxic

chemicals VX types are: muscle

tremors, difficulty breathing, excessive

salivation, convulsions, muscle

paralysis and death. First aid are used

as antidotes for nerve agents such.

3. Organophosphorus insecticides

Insecticidal effects of organo-

phosphorus compounds have been

known since 1935. During the

synthesis of these insecticides it was

found that in addition to insecticidal

properties are very toxic to warm-

blooded animals, especially humans.

After detection of these insecticides, it

was found that the basic mechanism of

the toxic action of the enzyme acetyl-

cholinesterase inhibition.

All insecticides of this group

share a common structure and are

considered esters of phosphoric acid or

tiono phosphoric. Thus phosphorylated

inactivated enzyme is very stable and

there is no hydrolysis and recovery of

enzyme activity depends on the

synthesis of new enzyme compounds.

The mechanism of toxic effects are a

group of general functional toxin.

Figure 1. Degradation of

acetyl-choline by ache

.

After penetration in to the

organism into the bloodstream and

maturity, uniformly transmitted to all

organs and tissues. The effect of these

compounds is based on the irreversible

inhibition of the enzyme

acetylcholinesterase (AChE).

The clinical picture of

poisoning by organophosphorus

pesticides is displayed through three

effects:

- Muscarinic effect, which is

manifested by chest pain,

coughing, shortness of breath,

pulmonary edema, diarrhea,

pupils, narrowed, blurred

vision, slow heart operations

and a drop in blood pressure,

- The effect of nicotine, which is

manifested muscle twitches,

fine muscle tremors, muscle

weakness, muscle cramps and

all

- The effect of the central

nervous system that is

manifested by dizziness,

pressure in the head,

restlessness, drowsiness,

headache, uncertainty in gait

and coma.

- Great importance in the

development of

organophosphorus insecticides

had fluorophosphates ester

synthesis (soman and sarin)

1930. Year 1935. showed

strong physiological effects of

organophosphorus compounds,

and originated the rapid

development of insecticides.

- A certain number of

organophosphorus compounds

have systematically insecticide-

effect, or when adsorbed by

plants, included in the vascular

system of the plant and insect

remains in the body.

- Organophosphorus insecticides

are usually liquid. Have high

vapor pressure and act via the

respiratory tract. Good to

dissolve in fats and penetrate

through the skin. Some

Page 96: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 91 http://japmnt.com/

organophosphorus insecticides

are not toxic, but only after it

became transformation in the

liver (cholinesterase inhibitor

parathion has not been

transformed into paraoxon,

which is an inhibitor).

The most important types of

organophosphorus insecticides are:

- Tionophosphorous acid esters-

tionophosphate representatives

are parathion, fenthion and

others.,

- Esters of phosphoric acid

(phosphate), representatives are

mevinfos, fosfamidin, mono-

crotophos and others.,

- Ditiofosforne acid esters

(dithiophosphate), represent-

atives are disulfon and

tiometon,

- Pirofosforne acid esters

(pyrophosphate), Represen-

tative: sulfotep,

- Esters of phosphorus acid

(phosphonates), Represen-

tative trihlorfon.

USE OF atropine sulfate

poisoning organophosphorus

compounds

Atropine Sulfate is a tool

without which it is impossible to

imagine a first-aid and treatment of

people poisoned by organophosphorus

compounds. Clinical experience has

shown that the organism is poisoned

with organophosphorus compounds,

tolerated doses of atropine'' enormous,

and in the first hour after adminis-

tration and in the later stages of

treatment.

Tab. (2) Average dose of atropine required for effective treatment of different

stages of acute poisoning

Stage of

poisoning

Oral

atropisation

in first hour

(mg)

Atropisation

maintainance

In next three

days since

poisoning

(daily dose

in mg)

Easy 2-3 4-5

Medium -

Heavy 20-25 30-50

Heavy 30-50 100-150

Atropine sulfate in large doses

effectively antagonises the muscarine-

like manifestations of poisoning in the

periphery and partly in the central

nervous system. Relatively ineffective

against the actions of the mediators in

the autonomic ganglia and has no

effect on muscle weakness.

Pharmacologically speaking, atropine

sulfate acts by blocking muscarinic

receptors, making them, in effect''

insensitive to acetylcholine.

Therapeutic effects of the

substance can be explained in two

ways:

First Reactivation of inhibited

cholinesterase allows the enzyme to

exhibit the physiological function of

acetylcholine degradation accumul-

ated,

Second Creating complex

reactivators-venom in most cases

makes the poison harmless and allows

the organism to various metabolic

processes release toxins.

Page 97: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 92 http://japmnt.com/

It is theoretically possible that

every person, regardless of clinical

form of poisoning be saved by

appropriate treatment. However there

are the following problems that can

occur:

-Presence of the treatments in

the immediate vicinity and in sufficient

quantity,

-Vocational training to provide

therapy

-Evaluation of dose in relation

to the image of poisoning and others.

No matter whether you are a

first aid or treatment is necessary:

-Break contact between the

toxin and the man,

-Immediately inject 2mg

atropine sulfate intramuscularly with

autoinjectors or Syringe,

-Repeated injection of atropine

sulfate every 3 to 10 minutes until the

occurrence of signs atropisation,

-If there are conditions,

atropine sulfate may be injected and

intravenously.

On the first day of treatment,

especially in severe poisoning, it is

necessary to use up to 50 mg of

atropine sulfate. Easy to maintain a

degree of atropisation giving oral

atropine sulfate (1 to 2 mg) in

appropriate intervals, and as long as

there is any symptom of poisoning.

When there are signs of marked

disturbance of pulmonary ventilation

and the patient shows signs of

cyanosis, artificial respiration should

be given to the disappearance of these

symptoms, and then access the

injection of atropine sulfate. Injection

of atropine sulfate during cyanosis is

contraindicated, as administration of

atropine sulfate in a state of anoxia can

cause fibrillation cardiac chambers.

To remove a local disturbance

in the eyes-miosis, it is necessary to

instill atropine 1% solution.

Conclusion

Organophosphorus compounds

are highly toxic substances and only

some natural toxins, such as botulinum

toxin, is more toxic of these toxins.

Synthesized over a thousand

different organophosphorus comp-

ounds, in addition to soman, sarin and

tabun, and there are several extremely

toxic.

These substances are most

toxic substances from the family of

synthetic poisons. They act very

quickly, and in high concentrations

rapidly.

These compounds are inhibitors

or blocking or decreasing the activity

of cholinesterase in the human body.

Except as may be used in the

composition of chemical weapons,

many of the family of compounds that

are less toxic and are used as

insecticides. These compounds have a

cumulative effect. First aid and

medical treatment can be carried

through atropine sulfate.

5. References

1. Bunevski R.: Military Toxicology,

CVTŠ Zagreb (1984)

2. Daničić M., PetkovićM., Mechanism

of action of organophosphorus

compounds, Bulletin ŠC NBC-7,

Krusevac (2001)

3. Dreisbach RH: Poisoning, diagnosis

and treatment, administration of

modern Belgrade (1980)

4. HPRang, MMDA, JMRitter,

PKMoore: Pharmacology, data status,

Belgrade (2005) 5. JovićR., W Djarmati., JovićN.:

Pesticides, chemistry, toxicology and

application protection IRO Belgrade

(1988)

6. M. Milosevic, S. Vitorović:

Fundamentals of toxicology with

elements of ecotoxicology, Scientific

Book, Belgrade (1992)

7. Soldatović D. et al: Toxicology of

pesticides with analytics, Economic

Survey, Belgrade (1980)

8. Vojvodić V.: Toxicology of poison

gases, Viz, Belgrade (1981)

Page 98: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 93 http://japmnt.com/

HARMFUL EFFECTS AND MONITORING OF NOISE

Mladen D. Nikolić, dipl. ing. College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

[email protected]

PhD Dragan M. Nikolić, prof. College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

[email protected]

MSc Fortuna Dragutin, College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

Abstract. High noise levels can contribute to

different health problems. This paper shows the results

of monitoring of noise in urban enviroment. Fonometer

has been used for measuring. The measurements were

made on five different places. The measurements were

made at day, dusk and at night. Five measurements

were made at each site. The results shows that the

noise level at certain sites is higher than allowed (by 20

dB). In order to minimize noise level some counter

measures has to be done.

Key words: noise, fonometer, monitoring,

traffic, measuring sites.

1. Introduction

Noise is every unwanted sound. that

means that every sound effect (roistering,

murmur…) that disrupts work or reposing can

be represented as noise. To make a sound

called noise it needs to be lound enough,

different that other sounds in that moment.

In basics, we can define two types of

noise, by its source: noise of natural sources,

and manmade noise.

Noise in urban enviroment can be

partitioned on noise in working enviroment

and noise in living enviroment.

Effects of noise can be partitioned on

auditory, extraauditory, and psychogenic. By

frequency characteristics it can be partitioned

on: the effects of audible noise spectrum,

infra sound, ultrasound and vibration effects.

It should be noted that man does not

permit either absolute silence, what is the

example of a completely isolated chambers.

Then the noise of the body, such as: heart

rate, respiration, digestion and blood flow

becomes very loud and unpleasant.

When background noise of over 60 dB

and 80 dB above particular note is the

relatively rapid increase in symptoms of

sympathetic tone, that the increased intensity

becomes very pronounced and occur in a

short time after the beginning of exposure.

The aforementioned effect is manifested in

blood pressure increase, decrease stroke

volume of the heart and reduces peripheral

blood circulation. Changes in breathing,

changes in bowel movements, changing the

function of the central nervous system and

overall metabolism. And endocrine

disturbances occur, expressed in particular in

release of adrenal glands, pancreas then, and

pituitary. All this is accompanied by fatigue,

irritability, insomnia and vegetative

disturbances of various degrees.

Fig.1. Noise levels from various sources 1

Noise sources can vary, some sources

which can create a certain level of noise is

shown in Figure (1). For communal

environment of particular importance is the

noise generated by the internal combustion

engine and of traffic.

2. Aim and methods

The aim of this study was to measure

the value of noise in the urban environment.

The measured values are compared to the

allowable noise levels.

Noise measurement was conducted in

the city of Krusevac. Noise measurement was

performed on five measuring points: Fountain

Square, the United Nations Settlement,

Page 99: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 94 http://japmnt.com/

Bagdala Park, Pools - Sports Centre Lazarica-

direction to Kraljevo, and the results are

compared to the allowable noise levels.

To measure the noise level

Phonometer was used. Dynamic range of

sound level meters from 26 dB to 140 dB,

thus providing noise monitoring on the widest

range.

FIGURE 2. PHONOMETERS 1

Terms noise measurements are shown in Table. (1)

Day period

from 06:00 am to 06:00 pm

Dusk period 06:00pm to

10:00pm

Night period

10:00 pm to -

06:00 am

I

Measurement

II

Measurement

III

Measurement

IV

Measurement V Measurement

09-11:00 am 12:00 am 02:00 pm 08:00 pm

10:00 pm

10:00 pm

00:00

00:00

06:00 am

Table 1. Terms of measurement

3. Measuring sites

Municipal noise measurements

were made at five stations. During

measurement followed by the number

of vehicles that have passed since the

noise is mainly caused by traffic.

1. Trg Fontana, measurements

were carried out in addition to the

memorial monuments and fountains

surrounded by two very busy streets. In

the vicinity of the building, and the

noise of the traffic originates.

2. United Nations settlement,

3.Park Bagdala, the

measurement was carried out in the

park, which is surrounded on three

sides by roads. Noise originates from

traffic from neighboring areas and

activities catering object.

4. Bazeni - Sports Centre, noise

originates mainly from traffic. The

street is lined with one-story and multi-

story buildings with shops for different

purposes.

5. Lazarica-time in Kraljevo, the noise

comes from the traffic. The street is

lined with single-storey and single-

storey building with shops for different

purposes.

4. The results

The measurement and allowed

noise levels are shown in Table (2):

Page 100: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 95 http://japmnt.com/

Measurin

g

site

(average

No of

vehicles

light/hev

y hourly )

I

Measurement

( day )

II

Measureme

nt

(day)

III

Measurement

(night)

Allow

ed

level

of

noise

IV

Measur

ement

(night)

V

Measur

ement

(night)

Allowed

level of

noise

1. Square

Fontana

1052/36

65

62

63

65 dB

60

56

55 dB

2.

Settlemen

t UN

64/10

46

47

46

55 dB

48

42

45 dB

3. Park

Bagdala

48/6

60

48

53

50 dB

60

54

40 dB

4. Pool

center

443/11

63

64

62

60 dB

65

53

50 dB

5.

Lazarica-

road to

Kraljevo

562/42

69

70

70

55 dB

64

64

45 dB

Table 2. The results of the noise measurements

5. Discusion

Measuring point no 1. Fountain

Square.

Exceeding the noise level

during the day was 3dB, 2dB during

the evening were exceeded, and at

night it was overrun by 5 dB. During

the measurements it was found that the

communal noise has uncontinual flow

and that largely comes from traffic.

The average number of vehicles on the

measuring site was easy/tough vehicles

1052/36.

Measuring point no.2 United

Nations settlement .

Exceeding the noise level

during the day and the evening was not

until overdraft for the night was 3 dB.

During the measurements it was found

that the utility uncountinued flow noise

and largely comes from traffic. The

average number of vehicles easy/tough

vehicles 64/10 .

Measuring point No. 3.

Bagdala Park.

Of exceeding the noise level

during the day it was up to 7 dB, for an

evening of up to 5 dB, while the night

was exceeded by up to 20 dB. During

the measurements it was found that the

noise has uncountinued character and

is mainly derived from the vehicle in

park and the activities of the citizens

especially during the night. The

average number of vehicles was an

easy 48/6 heavy in one hour.

Measuring point No. 4. Pools-

Sport center. Exceeding the noise level

during the day it is up to 2 dB, to 5 in

the evening and during the night dB to

15 dB. During the measurements it was

found that utility for continuous flow

and noise that comes from traffic. The

average number of vehicles easy/tough

vehicles 443/11 .

Page 101: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 96 http://japmnt.com/

Measuring point # 5. Lazarica

road to Kraljevo. Exceeding the noise

level during the day was up to 15 dB

during the night to 15 dB, and at night

to 19 dB. During the measurements it

was found that the utility for

continuous flow noise and is mainly

derived from traffic. The average

number of vehicles was an easy 562/42

on a heavy vehicles per hour.

6. Proposal measures

-Divert heavy vehicles on the

roads around the city, or the

prohibition of heavy vehicle traffic

through the city zone,

- Control of noise emitted by

motor vehicle technical control in

everyday traffic

- Automatic traffic control and

synchronization of traffic lights at

some junctions

Introduction-timers at traffic

lights that last longer than one min,

especially at intersections with major

significance,

- Planning and setting up of

green shelterbelts and plantations of

different scheduling multistory tree,

shrub species, Linden, Berlin poplar,

oak, hornbeam, Canadian poplar, birch

and evergreen shrubs along the roads

of traffic in order to reduce noise

pollution.

7. Conclusion

The measuring cycle, noise

pollution at the observed locations

were significantly higher for the day,

but for the night before all the sites, all

located in a residential zone.

The noise in the middle of the

utility derived from the observed

counts of transport (public transport

buses, heavy trucks, light vehicles)

especially on the observed counts,

which are actually the main traffic

routes.

Measured values of noise

pollution, exceeded especially at night,

may adversely affect the relaxation and

general health of the people in

particular how their effects for

continuous characters.

Noise problem that is

increasingly present in the human

living and working environment,

achieves gradual culmination. It is

sufficient to note that hearing loss by

noise are present in the most visible

problem occupational pathology.

When we add the other, non auditory

effects of noise on humans, it is clear

what are the possible repercussions of

pollution of our environment by noise.

Do not forget to follow the noise and

vibration, and ultrasound and

infrasound who can not be heard, but

they have a harmful effect on humans

which is why this whole issue even

more.

Reference

1. Preobraženski N.A.: Tugouhost,

,,Medicine’’ Moskva 1978.

2. Schulltz T. J. Communiti Noise

ratings, Applied Science Publishers, London

1972.

3. Simonović M., Kalić D., Pravica P.:

Buka štetna dejstva merenje i zaštita, Niš

1982.

4. Simonović M.: Zvuk i vibracije,

Buka, <<medicina rada, Sarajevo 1978.

5. Vaičić I.: Buka i njeno štetno dejstvo.

Institut zaštite na radu, Niš

6. Yost W. A, Nielsen D. W.:

Fundamentls of Hearing, Holt, Rinehart and

Winston, New York 1979.

Page 102: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 97 http://japmnt.com/

METHODS FOR ECOLOGICAL DESING OF TECHNICAL

PROCESSES AND SYSTEMS

Slobodan Stefanović1, Nadezda Šubara

2, Radoje Cvejić

3, Jasmina Stojiljković

4

College of Applied Professional Studies, Vranje, 2 Railway High School, Belgrade,

3 Faculty of strategic and

operational management, Belgrade, Serbia

Abstract: The basic concept (the default), the

designer in design for manufacturing system is to

integrate production equipment, transport means,

equipment and harmonious introducing modern

technology for monitoring systems and processes to

integrate and manage computer equipment. The main

technological machine projects must meet both general

and mechanical conditions.

Key words: technical - mechanical projects,

health and safety, plastic returnable materials.

1. INTRODUCTION

General conditions in the major

mechanical and machine projects regulate

relationships and responsibilities of

participants in the implementation

(construction) of technological systems:

Assignment of works based on the law

on the construction of the facility and its

amendments,

Conclusion of the contract between

the investor and the contractor,

All bidders receive a project for

review,

The offer must be included in the

price,

The investor assigns work best

bidders,

The contract is considered concluded

when the parties declare in writing to build

the plant and the price (cost, time, quality,

method of payment, control ...),

A natural person who works and

manages a natural person for supervision,

Deviations from the project permitted

only with approval of planners,

Building permits and water + energy,

The warranty period for the quality of

the installation (run from the technical

preparations),

Defects,

Damages,

Material that is installed must be new

and of good quality,

For smooth functioning of the system

is responsible contractor,

In the event that the proposed solution

to a bad and wrong, the investor provides the

change project,

The estimate of the subsequent works,

Attest, security measures, leading to

construction and building log book,

Must be carried out technical

acceptance,

There must be a project as built in

three copies,

The face of the supervision provided

by the investor,

The contractor is responsible only

supervisory authority,

Testing the contractor shall,

A completed examination consists of

the records,

End: The contractor shall submit a

written report to the supervisory authority of

the completion of works,

Technical examination (complete

documentation),

Commission for technical inspection

of its opinion,

Contractor removes the shortcomings

found,

Permission to use a supervisory

authority,

Probationary,

The investor and the contractor after

obtaining permission to use the facility are

required to perform the statutory deadline and

hand over the final settlement of all derivative

works.

Page 103: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 98 http://japmnt.com/

2. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

RELATING TO THE SPECIFIC PROJECT

Prescribe the characteristics of the

equipment is installed, installation

requirements, type testing and installation,

etc.

The practices are:

Technical requirements for the

installation of central heating

Technical requirements for the

installation of air conditioning and ventilation

General technical requirements

Specifications

Technical requirements for city gas

pipeline network

Requirements for construction works

Technical conditions of construction

of city gas pipeline network of steel pipes

Technical conditions of construction

measuring and regulating stations for gas

Specification for general piping

installation

Technical requirements for the

installation of a divorce cold, producing hot

water and hot

Technical installations for divorce by

conditions komprimanovog air

3. CONTRIBUTION OF THE PROJECT

APPLIED SAFETY MEASURES

Protection Act at work relates to the

field of labor relations, environmental

protection, personal work, etc. The concept of

safety includes appropriate measures whose

implementation ensures the protection of life

and health at work, the working environment

of health and safety risks.

ZNR enjoy all persons who are in any

respect the legal and physical entities.

Provision of ZNR is an obligation, which can

be realized starting from the design of the

building, facilities and installations, through

their construction and use.

The prescribed measures to protect the

dignitary included in the technical

documentation and made it into the special

favor of the measures applied ZNR.

Safety measures can be classified into

three groups:

General - the ones that apply to all

assignments in all business activities (health

conditions, noise and vibration,

transportation, movement of workers, the

effect of electrical energy, damaging

radiation, hazardous and noxious substances,

first aid worker, investment structures, tools

to work, rescue workers and resources for

personal protection ...)

Special measures ZNR - determine for

specific types of technological processes and

operations that can be considered general. The

positions at which the next application of

safety measures during design, construction

and use of buildings can’t eliminate the risk

of injury and occupational disease having the

character of places with special conditions for

work.

Preliminary measures ZNR - relate to

investment structures designed to support and

work rooms, facilities where the investment

process work takes place outdoors (tools for

working in the mechanized plant), as well as

means for personal protection.

The special contribution of the project

measures to protect the work, made for each

type of project (building - architectural,

machine - technological, electrical ...) and

signed by the responsible planners for each

area. Each contribution should include:-a list

of all the risks and hazards related to the

purpose facility that can occur during

construction and operation - provides for

measures to eliminate these dangers and

hazards, and regulations that cause - general

notes and obligations - Conclusion.

In addition to special reports on health

and safety, the project may include a special

report on the measures applied to protect

against fire, if there is a special nature of the

technological process of an increased risk of

having stirred up.

The fire protection measures include:

ways to prevent the occurrence of fires, fire

alarm systems, fire alarm systems for

hazardous concentrations of flammable gases

or vapors, fire hydrant systems to protect

against the cellular anti-fire equipment.

Page 104: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 99 http://japmnt.com/

4. METHODS OF DESIGNING

TECHNOLOGICAL – ECOLOGICAL

SYSTEMS FOR THE TREATMENT OF

RETURNABLE PLASTIC MATERIJALS

The term'' plastic'' refers to the

specific properties of matter plasticity - the

ability to create. In many languages,

commonly referred to as'' artificial'' material,

but also the nature of plastics products (peat,

tar, natural rubber, etc.) Plastic can be

obtained from many natural materials and

most of the hydrocarbons. One tenth of

refined crude is used for the production of

plastic materials. Plastic materials are used for

years for packaging, although a problem in

terms of environmental protection. The

reasons for increasing the use of low cost raw

materials, low weight and different

possibilities of technology. The specific

energy consumption (per unit of packed

product) is much lower for the production of

plastic packaging materials, as compared to

glass or Aluminum.

The basic problem of feedback plastic

materials (plastic waste) is that most often

ends up on landfill disposal (often due to

human impact and other external influences).

Dumps a large number of cities in developed

countries practically are completed and new

ones (due to high prices) does not build the

right speed.

For plastic packaging waste, this

waste is removed with a way particularly

unfavorable due to taking a large space (large

volume), non-compostable under the

influence of atmospherically changes,

especially from the standpoint of energy loss

(indefinitely) for obtaining new materials

related to polymers. In our country there are

no conditions for the collection, sorting and

efficient processing of plastic waste.

Theoretically, from the ecological standpoint,

it is not wrong use of synthetic materials, with

regard to plastic bags and other products can

be used several times, and it is feasible and

recycling. In current conditions, however, and

organized recycling of plastic materials, waste

collection and disposal of prescribed, plastics

can’t be regarded as neutral for the

environment.

Synthetic materials are separated in

the thermoplastic (soften at high

temperatures, thermostable plastics) resistant

to high temperatures (with an increase in heat

curing) and elastomers, which are elastic and

Foamed materials (like rubber). All three

types of synthetic material combustion,

developing high temperature and this feature

can be applied for recycling, with caution

when burning PVC, must not allow spreading

through the chlorides. (Come) into the

atmosphere. From the ecological point of

view, recycling of synthetic materials is

acceptable, since it can’t be re-used even hard

plastic bottles.

Another solution is to replace PVC

with PET (PETE) - unipolimer plastic, which

could be recycled indefinitely if the organized

collection of used mass. To produce one

(PET) bottles must be 60% of energy used in

glass or 25% of the energy needed to

manufacture aluminum cans. These economic

initiative are significant from the standpoint

of what the empty bottle can produce goods

for other purposes, e.g. in the U.S. are made

from recycled bottles for cable insulation,

new bottles, foil, etc.

Plastics used in the household (since

they are not naturally degradable) require the

research and solutions for natural

disintegration in a manner similar to the

degradation of other organic matter. The latest

experiments are built out of plastic bags of

natural sugar (bio-degradable and are

degraded to a purely natural way

bacteriologically). This solution is still in

research phase, I expect good results and

extensive application. This could be the

primary way of utilization of waste plastic,

and a secondary combustion. Synthetics from

natural, renewable sources appears again in

some products in construction. Their basis is

not a hydrocarbon, but the natural materials as

well as jazein, formalin, cellulose, natural

rubber, natural asphalt, tar or bitumen. They

can be regarded as renewable materials and

plastic products are not harmful to the

environment. Hydrocarbons with time will

surely expensive (impoverishment of stock)

and researchers are new natural resources.

Until then you can use the environmental

Page 105: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 100 http://japmnt.com/

benefits of synthetics such as good thermal

insulation, light weight and durability for

which they can’t compete with traditional

materials. Green plan favors simple recycled

materials that have special properties, but

with a compromise between the possible

environmental damage and safe use.

Products from plastic materials are of

current use, but creates long-term problem for

the environment. Amount of plastic materials

in municipal waste are very great, the

CONSIDERATIONS Liquid from households

account for 30%. Since the plastic is not

dissolved and remains as a solid mass,

increases the amount and volume of waste.

(PVC) is made up of many plastic materials,

obtained by the polymerization of vinyl

chloride, which is a toxic gas and the toxicity

is very problematic. From vinyl chloride

plastics are slowly released into the air and

sealed in food, and slowly destroys the liver,

nervous system and totally destroys the testes

and immunity. Because of the toxic additives

such as phthalate (Phthalate) lead and

kadminum (PVC) are difficult to recycle. If a

ignite 1kg (PVC)-A mass, relieve the amount

of 0.5kg chloro acid.

PC polycarbonate plastics used to

manufacture bottles for child nutrition,

kitchen, microwave ovens, the inner lining

cans and plastic polytetraflourethylene

(PTFE), known as taflon are toxic polymers.

Unfortunately, the desire for profit in the

market enabled the development of some new

types of polymers. The only question is when

will the time be scientifically proven and

discover that the toxic elements from the

packaging into the water crossing.

Plastic bottles in Serbia, although the

light cover even 30% is the decay lifetime

longer than 100 years. And there are

allegations of large profits from the so-called

(so called), PET (PETE) packaging

(polyethylene terephthalate), but for us, these

problems are still not considered. (Unlike

other European states and known standards).

It is believed that only make the plastic

bottles because of the large volume and that

does not pollute the environment. The data

show that only registered Serbia wastes (other

locations are not considered) daily amount of

PET bottles - 100 tons! If all this division

with 50 grams of weight which is the bottle,

get the information that we have a daily two

million plastic bottles. The biggest problem in

Serbia is an organized collection of reuse PET

bottles. In 2005 we imported the 34.000. tons

of granulate for PET bottles as part of

municipal waste occupy a large volume of our

landfills.

The biggest problems occur if there is

burning, where the stand is very toxic gases.

Preventive methods are implemented projects

and recycling facilities in order to protect eco-

systems and irreplaceable economic effects.

Discarded bottles are a major problem of our

rivers. Going to the hydro power plant at the

Danube Kalda inflict huge amounts of PET

bottles.

Plastic bottles, containers and other

packaging are one of the oldest and most fully

realized systems for labeling. Although the

world uses more system identification, one

can say that they all generally based on the

standard (ISO 1043 -1) with small

modifications to the look and it is given in the

table 1.

Symbols are important users of dual

indicating whether packaging can be recycled,

recyclers and the type and characteristics

plastic matter.

Page 106: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 101 http://japmnt.com/

Table 1. Symbol and meaning

Symbol Meaning

Polyethylene Terephthalate (PETE)

The most widespread species of plastic material because they are mostly

used for the bottle of water, juice, and etc., containers for food and other

packaging.

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Used for a bottle of milk, cream, juice, water, detergent and other

chemical products.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Also used for bottles for detergents, shampoos and other chemical

preparates, cables and many other building material.

Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Used for flexible bottles, bags for bread, and frozen food.

Polypropylene (PP) Aloes used for the bottles of yogurt, syrups, ketchup, medical bottles,

and cap for a bottle

Polystyrene (PS)

We can use it for a tightly packking, plates, glasses, and medicines

boxes.

Other

Plastic packaging and other (mention above) - specified products.

Draft Law on the management of

packaging and packaging waste defines the

processing of packaging waste as well as

exploiting its valuable properties and

constituents for the purpose of production

(including recycling), for energy purposes, in

order to reduce the amount and volume of

packaging waste, and partial or complete

removal and recycling of hazardous

characteristics as processing of packaging

waste for its original purpose.

According to the Directive of the

European Parliament and the Council on

packaging and packaging waste by recycling

means:

processing of waste materials in the

production process for the original

purpose or for other purposes

including organic recycling but

excluding energy recovery,

obtain energy by using burnt

packaging waste for the purpose of

producing energy through direct

incineration (burning) with or without

other waste for obtaining heat and

organic recycling process as aerobic

(composting) or anaerobic

(biomethanisation), under control

cconditions and using micro-

organisms, biodegradable parts of

packaging waste, which produces a

stable composition of organic or

methane.

recycling of technical products is

defined as "re-use or use of products

or parts of products within

the roundabouts. "This definition was

first mentioned as a roundabout and it

makes sense considering the origin of

the word recycling, (recycling: re ..."...

back, back ..." + cycle "roundabout,

cycle").

Page 107: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 102 http://japmnt.com/

5. DESING PROCESS FOR RECYCLING

PLASTIC METERIALS

Plastic materials back into solid form

mixed with other types of materials in

municipal solid waste (heterogeneous) were

very dirty. For the purpose of recycling, it is

necessary to collect and prepare. In the

preparation, plastic waste is separated from

the other, identify and separate the species. In

the recycling process is crushed, washed,

dried and re granulate processed and the

packaging or in some other products. To

perform these operations require specific

equipment, obtaining a set of recycled

materials. It was found that the whole process

of treatment was less expensive and simpler if

the plastic waste material collected by a

separate, containers. Allocation of necessary

materials from the waste can be organized in

or by the citizens themselves (in households,

schools, shops, non-manufacturing

businesses, streets, etc..).

And centralized system of special

plants (plants with a complete technological

line).

6. DIFFERENTIATING FEEDBACK

PLASTIC MATERIALS

The recycling process is the most

important similarity material. As a rule, can

be achieved relatively expensive previous

classification. To obtain high-quality plastics,

should be processed only homogeneous

plastic mass. Separation of plastic materials

can be divided into identification and

separation:

IDENTIFICATION, characterization

and complete identification of plastic

materials is a very big task that requires

complex analytical procedures and the most

modern equipment. In some cases, however, it

takes only an approximate estimate or

determines the type of the tested plastic

material. Developed and adopted a simple and

rapid method of identification. Recognition of

used packaging polymer is easiest if it is the

symbol for recycling with the listed types of

polymer materials it is made.

SEPARATION sorted plastics and

crushed plastic material is performed

according to him caused by physical

properties such as density, connectivity, and

electrical conductivity.

For the industry are of particular

importance to the procedures based on

differences in density. Using these procedures

can be a mixture of plastics separated

fractions and up to 98% purity. Difficulties

arise in the separation of soft (PVC) type.

Principle hydrocyclone technique is based on

the separation of fractions of different specific

weight (density) in the action of centrifugal

force. In addition to these methods of

separation are known methods of separation

and flotation, separation based on different

electrical conductivity (electrostatic device

for sorting), etc.

Used plastic products can be reused or

processed by different processes (depending

on the goal, but also because of the reduction

of the deposited mass) and a number of ways

(see Figure 1:

melting, with no change or

little change macromolecular structures,

chemical, hydrolysis and

alcohol are available monomers, or

hydrogenation of the starting material can get

organic raw materials such as gases and oils,

controlled burning, from which

you get heat and combustion products are

carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O).

Page 108: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 103 http://japmnt.com/

Picture 1: Treatments of plastics feedback matters.

Processing of fusion. Re granular

molding is one of the oldest and most

common methods of recycling. The basis of

this method of recycling is the ability to re-

melt as much as possible with the

thermoplastic.

7. CHEMICAL TREATMENT PROCESSES

ARE GROUPED INTO TWU GROUPS

The first group of chemical treatment

processes include chemical reactions which

are macromolecular (polymers) are translated

into low molecular weight substances. Thus,

the obtained polymers or poly condensation

reactions poly addition method to recycle the

starting monomer in the presence of certain

reagents. This way you can recycle many

types of plastic materials such as polyesters,

polyamides, polyurethanes, polycarbonates,

etc. Because they have the active chemical

and easily shared connection. These processes

can be characterized general notion of

solvolysis. Depending on the presence of any

solvent to the reaction (alcohol, water...)

speaks of the hydrolysis, alcoholysis,

glycolysis, aminolysis or methanolysis.

Application of recycled materials

obtained by this procedure so far is still

limited. It is a known application procedure

methanolysis or glycolysis in the processing

of drinking bottles of PET. This procedure to

obtain raw materials for hygienically clean

PET and PUR, which can be used for

packaging of foodstuffs.

Another group of chemical treatment

processes include chemical reactions in which

the macromolecules containing the plastic

waste hydrocarbons can be obtained in the

form of gas or oil, which can be further,

processed in refineries petrochemical

processes. This set of procedures can be

performed reductive (e.g. Hydrogenation or

pyrolysis) or oxidative (e.g. Obtaining

synthesis gas) mode. These procedures are

known as extrusion Degradation,

hydrogenation, pyrolysis and gasification.

Incineration of plastic waste is

intended to obtain heat. Direct use of oil for

energy production from the point of

"sustainable development" in the long run,

does not make sense. Given that the products

stored in plastic virtually total energy of oil,

of great benefits that the energy accumulated

oil in plastic products used for energy

purposes, but only at the end of their life

cycle. This method of using plastic waste

should be applied only when it cannot be

recycled in other ways.

Deposition. Since plastics are

relatively new materials for a longer period of

deposit are present many unknowns.

In foil and thin parts are already

processes of decomposition, but did not show

visible degradation phenomena. Found, also,

that microorganisms do not have any

influence on the decomposition of certain

types of plastic materials such as PP

(polypropylene) and PE (polyethylene), while

in other species, e.g. with polystyrene or

polyurethane they sped up the process of

decomposition.

Page 109: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 104 http://japmnt.com/

8. CONCLUSION

Plastic materials with other waste, in

the present conditions of our development,

shall be deposited in landfills for municipal

solid waste. It can be assumed that due to the

decreasing space in the rapidly growing costs

of future deposits and to present solutions for

the disposal of waste will not be able to keep.

It should be noted that the plastic materials in

regulated landfills polluting the smallest

streams (not dissolved in water) and do not

pollute the air.

In contrast to materials whose

recycling is done for economic reasons since

ancient times, recycling of plastic materials is

technologically and economically

problematic, and in some areas is the subject

of intense research. What is the procedure of

processing to be applied, depending on the

degree of dirt and sorted waste and the

desired end product quality?

Processing of material melting process

of the same type and pure plastic waste can be

obtained recycles quality selection that can be

used as a replacement for the original raw

material, the same or similar quality. Such

waste is generated in the production of plastic

materials and production of the packaging.

Waste materials from household’s

characterized heterogenetic, and depending on

the system of collecting, plastic materials

contamination. Processing costs for a high

value product, beyond the cost of new

materials.

Technological solutions for processing

mixed plastic waste were found (typically not

sorted because of the demanding and

expensive process of sorting and the lack of

separation conducted by the consumer).

However, the resulting recycles are lower

quality and the market cannot compete with

new material (and current production facilities

are ready to expand its product portfolio and

based on recycled materials).

The advantages of chemical treatment

are the possibility of processing mixed plastic

waste (often dirty), the saving of fossil fuel

supply with the market for products, but

currently high price does not cover the cost of

recycling.

Processing procedures are considered

one of the ways with which it can

significantly alleviate a serious environmental

problem, but only if it becomes profitable and

industrial activity.

REFERENCE

1. N. Subara: "Ecology in traffic," CIP 502.17:656

628.2/.3 66 074 COBISS. SR-SR-ID 134317836

ISBN 86-7307-190-9 "Želnid" Belgrade, 2006.

2. N. Subara, S. Stefanovic: Green logistics,

TEHDIS, Belgrade, 2008.

3. N. Subara, S. Stefanovic: Traffic Ecology,

Society for Energy Efficiency, Banja Luka,

Serbian Republic, 2008.

4. S. Stefanovic, R. Cvejic: Environmental

Management, TQM Center, Zrenjanin, 2009.

Page 110: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 105 http://japmnt.com/

ANALYSIS OF MONITORING OF CONNECTION BETWEEN

REENGINEERING ECONOMIC PARAMETERS IN SMALL AND

MEDIUM ENTERPRISES USING THE METHOD OF CREATING

OPTIMAL QUESTIONNAIRE

1Slobodan Stefanović,

2Dragoslav Ilić,

3Nataša Bogavac-Cvetković,

4Radica Pavlović

1High School of Applied Professional Studies of Vranje, Serbia. [email protected]

2JKP "Water" Zajecar, Serbia. [email protected]

3Faculty for Business Studies, Belgrade, Serbia. [email protected]

4Faculty for Business Studies, Požarevac, Serbia. [email protected]

Abstract - The analysis of this type of

connecting economic parameters by using re-

engineering is reflected through the formation of an

Optimal questionnaire oG which allows connecting

the N parameters by the question of connection

between ,

Ll lh

Mmmq with the basis ma and

value lc so the divergence stem of economic effects

with the root ox is as follows :

11

maXMm

mqN , and their peaks are

arranged into a descending set in terms of their

ranks.

Key words: Questionnaire algorithm ,

Questionnaire Graph,parameters of reengineering

monitoring.

1. Introduction – qestionnaire algorithm

The publication of this kind of

questionnaire can be presented through Algorithm

(George WR (1990)).

Algorithm: A questionnaire has been

given regarding the connection between re-

engineering economic parameters G

differentiating set E from N economic

parameters iy with the weights of connection

Niiyp ,...,3,2,1, , the help of Q questions

imposing when it comes to their connection

where the questions mq have the bases

Mmma , i l

h questions have the values

Lllc , i (Adamović Z., Stefanović S., (2008)).

The transformation of the initial questionnaire on

the connection between economic parameters of

re-engineering G should be transformed into an

optimal questionnaire oG .

1. Two lists are formed using the weight of

economic parameters and bases and values of

the questions from the questionnaire on the

connection of parameters G , being: list 1 –

weights ,,..2,1,1 Nkkzpkzp and list 2 – a

pair of bases and values of connection

questions jcja , where the bases are

arranged into a non-descending set

,,..2,1,1 Njjaja and the values in the

ascending set are .,..2,1,1 Qjjcjc For

the analysis we usually accept j+1.

2. The pair 2 jcja , from the list refers to the

questions of connection beween economic

parameters ix of the optimal questionnaire

oG , i.e., it is regarded as follows: jajxa i

jcjxc . ja of the first weights are erased

from the list 1 and are accepted as the weights

of the first adherents of the questions of

connection between economic parameters jx .

Defining the weight of the questions of

connection jx is: .1 kzja

kpjxp

3. List 1 is modified, keeping the unerased

weights in it and including the question

weight .jxp Those weights are arranged into

a non-descending set. They check the

Page 111: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 106 http://japmnt.com/

accurateness of j: in case of Qj , then they

increase j to 1 and return to p2; in case of

Qj then they cross over to p4.

4. The finishing of the optimal questionnaire oG

formation.

The presented methodology for the

analysis of the connection between the re-

engineering economic parameters shall be carried

out on the re-engineering model. The general

algorithm model shall be formed on the basis of

economic parameters of groups 1,2,3. It shall

serve as the initial questionnaire on the

connection between re-engineering economic

parameters G . For its formation we shall use the

groups of parameters with weight records,

determined on the grounds of the significance in

the following table, and they shall include their

values from 0 to 1 regarding the significancies in

the process of re-engineering in the candidate's

opinion (Bateson J (2002)).

Questionnaires iG are presented in Table

1 for the three parameters of the groups:

2101 ,, xxxx , 32 xx , 43 xx for 24 events

2421 ,......, yyy . The events' and questions'

weights are shown parallelly with the

corresponding peaks, numbers without brackets,

and questions' values with numbers in brackets

(picture 1.). The events' values were chosen

regarding the priorities of re-engineering

parameters' significancies in the order shown in

Table 1., while the candidate himself has

suggested the significancies' values based on his

experience gained while monitoring the re-

engineering process in small and medium

enterprises in our country (Bonn MA (2003)).

2. Group of algorithm

Group 1) The first and third type in Table

1. are comprised by: Total expenses

5

1 tsbifore.cosiUKN arising in the course of applying

the research subject and are defined as the bearers

of economic parameters in the carrying out of the

re-engineering, are expressed by the adding up of

parameters (Sefanović S., (2010)),

NPNEENONEE

iUKN

5

1 tsbifore.cos NPNEE +

SPNEE + PRNEE + PPNEE + NSRNEE . (1)

The marks of this group of parameters are:

economic parameters created by the completion

and documenting of the detailed re-engineering

project comprising of: a new organisation model

in the enterprise as well as the characteristics and

roles of new jobs within that new organization;

/parameter NPNEENONEE , NONEE - parameter

of the economic effect bearer relating to the new

organization model and it exclusively depends on

NPNEE - parameter of the economic effect bearer

relating to the characteristics of new jobs within

the new organization of small and medium

enterprises by applying re-engineering; Economic

parameters created by carrying out the system

support in the new organization in small or

medium enterprises; /parameter SPNEE -

parameter of the economic effect bearer relating

to the carrying out of the system support;

economic parameters created by carrying out the

“pilot solution'', i.e. the system support within the

new organization of small or medium enterprise

by testing the enterprises through applying the re-

engineering on small-scale production;

/parameter PRNEE - parameter of the economic

effect bearer relating to the carrying out of the

“pilot solution''; Economic parameters which are

general and are related to the introduction of the

employees with the planned changes and the

application of the plan during the re-engineering

carrying out in phases; /parameter PPNEE -

parameter of the economic effect bearer relating

to the invested time needed for the carrying out of

the planned changes and the application of the

plan during the carrying out of re-engineering in

phases in the enterprise; Economic parameters

which are general and relate to the training of

employees for the new process and the new

system of work with the planned changes and

application of the plan in the process of re-

engineering carrying out in phases; /parameter

NSRNEE - parameter of the economic effect bearer

relating to the expenses arising in the course of

Page 112: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 107 http://japmnt.com/

the employees' training for the new system of

work; Economic parameters of the financial

recovery of small or medium enterprises FSNEE ,

by introducing re-engineering comprising of the

introduction of an integral logic system into a

small or medium enterprise; Economic

parameters securing the functioning of

entrepreneurship for the carrying out of re-

engineering KPNEE ; Economic parameters

securing the processes of functioning of all

structures and quality systems in small and

medium enterprises by introducing re-

engineering SKNEE ; Economic parameters

securing the competitiveness of the products'

prices on the market CPNEE created in the

conditions of production applying the re-

engineering.

Table 1. Values of events in optimal questionnaires iG for three parameters of groups

Group

parame

ters

Events

1

5

1

.0

i

troskovipredUKNx

1,0

NPNEEy 1

0,5 SPNEEy 2

0,2 PRNEEy 3

0,1

,4 PPNEEy

0,1 NSRNEEy 5

0,1

PPRx1

1,0

n

i

iCIM PINTy1

6

0,25

n

i

jCIM TINTy1

7

0,25

n

i

kCIM IINTy1

8

0,25

n

i

iCIM CINTy1

9

0,25

SKNEEx2

1,0

,10 FSNEEy

0,25 KPNEEy 11

0,25 SKNEEy 12

0,25 CPNEEy 13

0,25

2 CENEx3

1,0 PTRy 14

0,25

VNMy 15

0,25

CNy 16

0,25

PTy 17

0,25

3

VEFx4

1,0

MRy 18

0,25

NRRy 19

0,25

|20 MdRy

0,25

PRy 21

0,25

PKPRy 22

0,33 EFFRy 23

0,33 VZPRy 24

0,33

NOTE: Meanings of re-engineering group parameters' symbols (Sefanović S., (2010)).

The second type of parameters in Table

1. includes the Cartesian product of the Computer

Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) integration rules

– of the enterprise and the given set of

components influencing the re-engineering

carrying out in the following form (Stefanović S.,

Cvejić R. (2010)):

(2) 1 111

n

i

n

i lCn

i kIjTn

iiPCIMINTPPR

where: PPR - is the integration rules product; CIM

– Computer Integrated Manufacturing business

activities (Computer Integrated Manufacturing);

n

iiP

1- the sum of new competitive products (or the

sum of new production programmes);

n

ijT

1- the

sum of new high production technologies;

n

i kI1

-

the sum of new high information technologies ;

n

i lC1

- the sum of high communication

technologies (networked business people).

Group 2 This type of Table 1. includes the

following parameters of the market and prices as

manufacturing factors analysis as the basis for the

re-engineering application, being: production

costs, i.e. the value of the goods that needs to be

converted into money PTR ; the value of the

Page 113: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 108 http://japmnt.com/

monetary material used to express the value of the

goods VNM ; the value of the price measure used

as the value measuring unit CN ; the ratio of

supply to demand PT .

Group 3 Table 1 includes the non-

economic factors VEF i.e. the general financial

parameters of small and medium enterprise

functioning which causatively influence the

carrying out of re-engineering under the conditions

of transition and they comprise of: process

management PRR ; Luirao Marketing function

MR ; scientific and research function NRR ; the

function of management approach in production

planning |MdR ; the function of financial planning

for the purpose of enterprise development PR ;

the function of planning and controlling of

business PKPR ; economic and financial function

EFFR and the function of connecting salaries

with the performances VZPR .

Picture 1. shows the graph of connection

between re-engineering parameters for the

formation of algorithm and the monitoring of its

carrying out in small and medium enterprises'

organization.

3. Relization of algorithm formation

Relations for the formation of algorithm -

questionnaire graph are as follows (Stefanović S.,

and sar.(2007)).

Algorithm 1A for questionnaire 1G

STEP 1: Record1: relations

1321 ,......, yyy values

(0,5;0,2;0,1;0,1;0,1;0,25;0,25;0,25; 0,25;

0,25; 0,25; 0,25; 0,25);

Record 2: relations

.31

12

13

21

31

11

13

11

33

11

31

10

xxxxx

For the two relations' adherents we will note the

first and last weight 5,0p i 25,0k .

STEP 2: The total mid value of algorithm

weight in step 1 is: 375.02

25,05,01

p that's the

value of the question of connection between re-

engineering coefficients for group (1) parameter.

Picture 1. Questionnaire graph (General model of algorithm for re-engineering monitoring)

(Sefanović S., (2010))

Algorithm 2A for questionnaire 2G

STEP 3:

Record1:relations

17161514 ,,, yyyy values

(0,25;0,25;0,25;0,25);

For the two relations' adherents we will note the

first and last weight 25,0p i 25,0k .

Page 114: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

Page | 109 http://japmnt.com/

STEP 4: The total mid value in algorithm in step 3

is: 25.02

25,025,02

p that's that's the value of

the question of connection between re-engineering

coefficients for group (2) parameter.

Algorithm 3A for questionnaire 3G

STEP 5:

Record1:relations

21201918 ,,, yyyy values

(0,25;0,25;0,25;0,25);

For the two relations' adherents we will note the

first and last weight

25,0p i 25,0k .

STEP 6: The total mid value in algorithm in step 5

is: 25.02

25,025,02

p that's the value of the

question of connection between re-engineering

coefficients for the group(3 – I group) .

STEP 7: Record 1: relations 24,23,22 yyy values

(0,33;0,33;0,33);

For the two relations' adherents we will note the

first and last weight

33,0p i 33,0k .

STEP 8: The total mid value of algorithm weight

in step 7 je: 33.02

33,033,02

p that's the value

of the question of connection between re-

engineering coefficients for the group (3 – II

group).

STEP 9: The total mid value of algorithm weight

in steps 5, and 7 is: 295.02

33,025,03

p that's

the value of the question of connection between

re-engineering coefficients for the group (3).

4. Conclusion

Mid values of algorithms, regarding the

significance of total weights, are:

375.02

25,05,01

p , 1G

25.02

25,025,02

p , 2G

295.02

33,025,03

p , 3G

which points to the conclusion that during the

carrying out of re-engineering parameters in small

or medium enterprises one should conduct the

questionnaires 1G and 3G and then the

questionnaire 2G comprising the event parameter

groups. Picture 2 represents a graphic display of

the monitoring algorithm dependence curve

(Sorad Dj. (1979)). .

Algoritam (Ai)

p(i)

A1 A2 A3

0.25

0.29

0.375

G1 (A1, 0.375)

G3 (A3, 0.29)

G2 (A2, 0.25)

Picture 2. Curve of dependence of reengineering monitoring algorithm on the parameter significance

weights

Page 115: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

110 http://japmnt.com/

References

1. Adamović Z., Stefanović S., (2008). RE-

ENGINEERING OF BUSINESS

PROCESSES IN SMALL AND MEDIUM

ENTERPRISES, a Scientific and Expert

Conference ''Proactive machine maintenance''

, 15th – 16th May 2008, Vrnjacka Banja.

2. Bateson J (2002). Consumer performance and

quality in services. Manage. Serv. Qual.,

12(4): 206-209.

3. Bonn MA (2003). Employee service quality

issues, Meeting the needs of our internal

customers. In Managing employee attitudes

and behaviors in the tourism and hospitality

industry, ed. Salih Kusluvan, Hauppauge,

NY: Nova Science. pp. 433-452.

4. George WR (1990). Internal marketing

organizational behaviour: A level, J. Bus. Res.

20(1): 63-70. partnership in developing

customer-conscious employees at every.

5. Sefanović S., (2010). Economic effects of

reengineering in small and medium

enterprises, PhD thesis, MEGATREND

UNIVERZITET, Beograd, 2010.

6. Sorad Dj. (1979). Economic and

Mathematical methods and models, the

Faculty of Economics, Subotica, 1979.

7. Stefanović S., Cvejić R. (2010). Conducting

projects from the aspect of mathematic

modelling, „TQM“ Centar, Zrenjanin, 2010.

8. Stefanović S., Cvetković S., Grbić N.,

Veljković M., (2007). Defining the minimum

and maximum by using simplex method, a

Scientific and Expert Conference ''

Development, use and maintenance of

hydraulic and pneumatic components and

systems“, Collection of studies on CD, no. of

study HIP 45, Vršac, 16th November 2007 ,

ISBN 978-86-83701-08-7.

Page 116: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

111 http://japmnt.com/

DETECTION OF RADIATION CONTAMINATION OBTAINED BY

THE DEPLETED URANIUM AMMUNITION IN FIELD CONDITIONS

Mladen D. Nikolić, dipl. Ing. College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

[email protected]

MSc Fortuna Dragutin College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

PhD Dragan M. Nikolić, prof. College for chemical-technological school, Kruševac, Serbia

[email protected]

Abstract: The paper discusses the characteristics

of transmission imaging DECT who are most commonly

used to detect radioactive contamination caused by the

application of depleted uranium (DU), 30 mm, under field

conditions, during and after the NATO bombing. In a

separate section of the paper discusses the Protection of

beta emitting nuclei of DU projectiles.

Key words: depleted uranium, a portable X-ray

detector, detection of radioactive contamination, beta

radiation

1. Introduction

During the air strikes on the territory of

the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (FRY),

NATO in 1999. he used ammunition with

projectiles (30 mm) from the OU. Characteristics

of the resulting radioactive contamination have

been described in the literature [1, 2, 3].

Figure 1. 30 mm caliber bullet and core from the

OU

The core of the projectile (30 mm) from

the OU, emits alpha, beta, gamma and neutron

radiation. Strength equivalent dose of gamma

radiation at 5 cm from the projectile nucleus is

approximately 2.7 μSv / ha to 1m less than 0.1

μSv / h [4, 5]. Theoretical maximum equivalent

dose of gamma irradiation of the whole body is

25 μSv for 1h [6]. Neutron radiation is within the

limits of variation of natural background neutron.

Surface velocity emission of alpha particles, the

surface of the projectile nucleus of 1 cm2, is 23 to

27 1s alpha particles in a volume calculated

equivalent doses of alpha radiation (in direct

contact with the core of the missile) is 0.4 to 0.5

Sv / (h ∙ cm2) [7]. Surface velocity emission of

beta particles from the surface of the projectile

nucleus of 1 cm2, were 841 1s beta particles in a

volume calculated equivalent doses of beta

radiation (in direct contact with the core of the

missile) is 1.4 mSv / (h ∙ cm2) [7] . OU is in the

open field through efficiently detect beta

radiation emitted [4, 5, 8, 9].

OU is a mixture of isotopes, including a

strong emitter of beta radiation 234mPa (Emax. =

2.3 MeV), which is in radioactive equilibrium

with 238U. 238U is represented in percentage

with 99.8%. In practice, the control of radioactive

contamination of DU is reduced to running,

suitably protected beta probe, via contaminated

surfaces, the (1-3) cm. The probe is protected

from contamination by thin nylon film.

Depending on the thickness of the foil used beta

radiation detection efficiency decreases to about

(5-20)%. Speed control adjusts inercionoj

constants instrument. Counting Speed is

compared with the response of the surface

activity of 90Sr-90Y (or thin-source uranium).

Response to surface activity is determined

experimentally for each particular type of beta

probe, before using them. Under field conditions,

the soil cover and aerosol penetration into the

deeper layers of the OU land, protected beta

counting speed probes on the contaminated soil is

Page 117: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

112 http://japmnt.com/

Figure 2 Set MRK-M.87

1. MRK M.87

2. Power adapter from the vehicle

3. Carrying Case

4. Sources of Power

5. Plastic bags for protection against contamination

compared with the speed of counting the beta

particles uncontaminated soil (about 100 yards

outside the area affected by DU projectiles). A

suitable place to perform a more detailed

expertise, including response to surface activity

and taking soil samples for laboratory analysis.

The counting rates of beta probes at a distance of

1 cm, gamma photons involved with (5-7)%.

Control of radioactive contamination is

performed with the use of appropriate protective

equipment. Radioactive contamination from DU,

beyond the sensitivity limits of the beta probe is

determined by taking soil samples and their

analysis by mass spectrometry, alpha

spectrometry and gamma spectrometry.

In addition to uranium isotopes (238U,

235U, 234U) projectile nucleus contains trace

236U, 237Np and Pu 239.240 indicating that the

missiles used to produce uranium waste from the

processing of spent nuclear fuel [10].

Upon detection of radioactive

contamination from the use of DU ammunition

was used a number of instruments of domestic

and foreign production. This paper describes the

radiological detectors that are used in the most

radioactively contaminated sites [1].

2. Radioactive contamination meter M87 (MRK-

M87)

Layout set for MRK-M.87 has been

shown in Figure 2.

MRK-M.87 is a handheld device designed

for dosimetry in determining the amount of

radioactive contamination of people, water, food,

weapons, equipment, facilities and vehicles

contaminated with radioactive fission products.

The degree of radioactive contamination, as well

as the DR-M.3, is determined by the gamma

method. Unit reliably detects radioactivity

missiles and missile components (30 mm),

specific radioactivity of the soil with high levels

of radioactive contamination (so-called "hot

spots") and radioactivity holes penetrating

missiles on combat and non-combat vehicles.

Because of the low detection sensor surface,

inadequate measurement units, unadjusted for

ergonomic control surface contamination and a

long response time, MRK-M.87 can not be used

for a detailed radiological control soil

contaminated with DU and performance testing

carried out decontamination work in the field.

MRK-M.87 can be used on contaminated sites to

measure the natural background gamma radiation.

3. Modified universal monitor radiation KOMO-

TN

The appearance of the universal sets

modified radiation monitor KOMO-TN is shown

in Figure 3.

Page 118: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

113 http://japmnt.com/

Universal monitor radiation KOMO-TN is

an integral part of the transmission sets of

radiometric laboratories LARA-2. The basic

version is a device intended to measure the

radiation fields of gamma radiation, beta activity

measurements of samples contaminated with

fission products, determination of the degree of

contamination of various surfaces and assessment

of alpha contamination. Modification, with the

added and modified parts (4, 5, 6 and 8 in Fig. 3),

obtained significantly improved device

characteristics. Due to the satisfactory sensitivity

for surface contamination and the possibility of

beta emitters alternating use of standard probes

and new probes (large detection area), the

modified universal monitor radiation KOMO-TN

can be used to control radiological contamination

of land with DU and performance testing carried

out decontamination work in the field.

4. Universal radiation monitor KOMO-TM

The appearance of the universal radiation

monitor KOMO-TM is shown in Figure 4.

Universal monitor radiation KOMO-TM

is an integral part of the pack radiometric

laboratories M.2 (LR-M.2) and LARA-10. The

device is designed to measure the radiation fields

of gamma radiation, beta activity measurements

of samples contaminated with fission products

and the determination of the degree of radioactive

contamination of various surfaces. When working

in the field conditions, the device needs to be

done to improvise or carry strap and handle the

probe. The installation was done additional probe,

large detection area (90 cm2), 3 gm tubes (the

same as the type of KOMO-TN). Due to the

satisfactory sensitivity for beta radiation and the

possibility of using a standard AC probes and

additional probes (large detection area), the

universal radiation monitor KOMO-TM can be

used to control radiological contamination of land

with DU and performance testing carried out

decontamination work in the field.

5. Contamination monitor ADK 6150

The contamination monitor ADK 6150 is

shown in Figure 5.

Figure 4. Universal monitor radiation

KOMO-TM

Figure 3. The set of modified universal

detector

1. detector, 2. sources of supply, 3. Standard

probe(GM tube ZP 1451), 4. speaker cable and

connector,5. new detection probe with 5 gm

tubes, 6. aluminum holders detection probes,

7. leather case with strap for detector carrying,

8 speaker connector, 9 connection detection

probes, 10 LCT 3B17 GM tube

Page 119: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

114 http://japmnt.com/

Monitor contamination ADK 6150 (Fig.

5) is structurally solved so that I fit the meter

mounted on top, "useless" proportional surface

probe with handle. Guardrail may be extended

with additional aluminum handle, sets the

monitor contamination. The meter is available in

more variants (6150 AD1, AD2 6150, 6150 AD3,

AD4 6150, 6150 and 6150 AD5 AD6) and a

central unit to which, according to the

characteristics of the meter, I can connect the

appropriate detection probes with different

characteristics. There are variants to the correct

type of meter is set to other types of stationary or

portable devices (alarm station, teletektor et al.),

Then making them one functional unit. When

using the monitor contamination can be easily

and functionally protected from radioactive

contamination. The device is used in INN

"Vinca" to perform specific tasks of the institute.

Because of the very high sensitivity for beta

radiation, excellent sound indications, good

ergonomics, high reliability and large detection

area of the probe, contamination monitor 6150

ADK can be used to control radiological

contamination of land with DU and performance

testing carried out decontamination work in the

field. For contamination control can be used and

the combination meter 6150 AD6 with alpha-

beta-gamma probe 6150 AD-17. This probe has

similar characteristics as the measurement

standard universal probe radiation monitor

KOMO-TN.

6. Universal monitor LB 123 (Umo LB 123) with

a probe LB 1231

Apperance of Umo LB 123 with probe

LB 1231 is shown in figure 6..

Umo LB 123 with a probe LB 1231 is a

contemporary, portable proportional counter. In

memory stored data on the calibration factors of

surface activity for 25 radionuclides that are in

practice often occur as contaminants. This device

has a high sensitivity for beta radiation and very

good sound indication. It is possible (in soil

density of 1.24 g/cm3) detect missile (30 mm)

from OU to a depth of 26 cm [2]. With Figure 8

Umo see that LB 123 LB 1231 A probe is not

suitable for continuous measurement of surface

radioactive contamination of large areas of land.

It was used at Cape Arza to verify the existence

of radioactive contamination OU in that place,

which is detected by other instruments and

performance testing carried out decontamination

[2].

7. Beta radiation of the core of depleted uranium

projectiles

The largest contribution to the dose from

external radiation from the nucleus of DU

projectiles in its immediate vicinity, gives beta

radiation [21]. Most commonly, the classic

radiation protection pays attention to gamma

radiation in this case, at a distance of 1 cm,

represents only 7% of the total dose from external

radiation. Therefore, in one laboratory exercises,

in order to optimize radiation protection, and the

measured beta radiation radioactive nuclei of DU

projectiles (30 mm), which was placed in a

Plexiglas box (5 mm thick). Measuring method is

shown in Figure 7.

Figure 5. Contamination monitor ADK 6150

Figure 6. Universal monitor LB 123 (Umo

LB123) with probe 1231

Page 120: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

115 http://japmnt.com/

Was used for the measurement of

multifunctional imaging detector AN/PDR-77

[22]. Beta / gamma probe AN/PDR-77, with an

open window as shown in Figure 9, the measured

beta radiation absorbed dose of 0.1 μGy / h to 5

cGy / h. Data on the absorbed dose of beta

radiation in the air, at different distances from the

nucleus of DU projectiles, obtained by the Monte

Carlo method, taken from literature [21]. The

calculated and measured values of the absorbed

dose intensity of beta radiation are shown in

Table 1.

The results on the strength of the absorbed

dose of beta radiation in air, obtained by Monte

Carlo, (dD / dt) MC, corrected cumulative

attenuation coefficients for Plexiglas and air

layer, X, and is obtained by calculating the value

of the absorbed dose of beta radiation in the air,

after the passage of different type of absorber,

(dD / dt) x. Measured values of the absorbed dose

of beta radiation in the air marked with (dD / dt)

m. Measurements were carried out in an

automatic forfeiture regime phon. The

measurement results were analyzed using the

Statistical EduStat 4.05. Attenuation coefficient

was calculated by the formula [23]:

Ks = e –[ µ(β, p)·ρ(p)· x(p)]

· e –[ µ(β, v)·ρ(v)· x(v)]

where are;

• μ (β, p) - ratio of mass energy absorption

of beta radiation in plexiglass (cm2 / g),

• ρ (p) - Plexiglas density (1.18 g/cm3),

• x (p) - the thickness of Plexiglas (cm)

• μ (β, v) - ratio of mass energy absorption

of beta radiation in air (cm2 / g),

• ρ (p) - the density of air (0.001293

g/cm3) and

• x (p) - air layer thickness (cm).

Mass energy absorption coefficients of

beta radiation, plexiglass and air, were calculated

by the formula [23]:

µ(β,p) = 17 (Emax)-1,14

(cm2/g) i µ(β,v) =

16 (Emax – 0,036)-1,4

(cm2/g).

Emax is taken for the value of 2.3 MeV.

Table 1. Calculated and the measured

values of the absorbed dose of beta radiation from

the surface of the core of DU projectiles (in a

plexiglass box) DISTANC

E FROM

CORE

SURFACE

MISSILE

(cm)

(dD/dt)

MC

(µGy/h)

Ks

(dD/dt)

x

(µGy/h

)

(dD/dt)m

(µGy/h)

0 1960 - 1960 -

5 144 0,02

06 2,97

2,349 ±

0,042

10 46 0,02

13

0

,98

1,088 ±

0,092

Note:

At a distance of 1 cm was measured

absorbed dose of beta radiation of about 6

μGy / h but due to lack of proper values in

the literature [21], obtained by Monte Carlo,

was not included in the table.

The results of calculations and

measurements indicate the importance and

necessity of taking proper care of beta radiation

when working with projektilia from OU,

regardless of whether they are carrying out

rehabilitation works and laboratory exercises.

Conclusion

Figure 7 Measuring the intensity of the

absorbed dose of beta radiation

1. beta / gamma probe AN/PDR-77

2. nucleus of DU projectiles in a plexiglass

box

Page 121: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

116 http://japmnt.com/

During the air strikes on the territory of

the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (FRY),

NATO in 1999. he used ammunition with

projectiles (30 mm) from the OU.

For the detection of radioactive

contamination caused by the application of

depleted uranium (DU), 30 mm, under field

conditions, during and after the NATO bombing

kotišćeni the DECT portable imaging such as

radioactive contamination meter M.87 (MRK-

M.87) , modified universal monitor radiation

KOMO-TN, universal monitor radiation KOMO-

TM monitor contamination ADK 6150, universal

monitor LB 123 (Umo LB 123) with a probe LB

1231 and others. Depleted uranium is in the open

field through efficiently detect beta radiation

emitted, and the test results indicate the

importance of the need for protection against beta

radiation when working with missiles based on

OU.

Reference

[1] B. Djurovic et all, Depleted Uranium

(detection methods, direct repair

effects and prevent late consequences), Draslar

Partner, Belgrade, 2011., pp. 31-36

[2] P. Vukotic, Anđelić T., Zeki R., M. Kovacevic,

V. Vasic, N. Ristic, D. Fortune,

Dosimetric experience decontamination Arza from

depleted uranium, XXI

JDZZ Symposium Proceedings, Belgrade, 2001.,

pp. 201-208

[3] S. Petkovic, M. Zaric, Z. Devic, use of

depleted uranium ammunition in

NATO aggression against the Federal Republic of

Yugoslavia, Chemical Industry No2, Belgrade

2002nd, pp. 62-68

[4] UNEP, Depleted Uranium in Serbia and

Montenegro, Post-Conflict Environmental

Assessment in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia,

Switzerland, 2002.

[5] UNEP, Depleted Uranium in Bosnia and

Herzegovina, Post-Conflict Environmental

Assessment, Switzerland, 2003.

[6] S. Fetter, Von Hippel F. N., The hazard posed

by depleted uranium munitions, Sci.

Global Security 8, 1999., Pp. 125-161

[7] D. Ristic, R. Benderać, Vejnović Z., M. Orlic,

S. Pavlovic, ammunition used by

NATO forces in Bosnia made from depleted

uranium, INN Newsletter

"Vinca" no. 4, 1997., Pp. 205-212

[8] D. Fortune, D. Dimitrijevic, Senic women.,

Practical aspects of the detection of radiation

contamination caused by the application of

depleted uranium, chemical

Industry No2, Belgrade, 2002., pp. 98-100

[9] G. Pantelic, G. Kolarević, Z. Ivkovic,

Dosimetric control shell PGU-14 / B

API penetrator of depleted uranium, XXI

Symposium JDZZ, Proceedings

contractors, Beograd, 2001., pp. 375-378

[10] V. Bar, Radenkovic M., Paligorić D., Djuric,

J., Alfaspektrometrijska analysis

missiles with depleted uranium, XXI Symposium

JDZZ, Proceedings

contractors, Beograd, 2001., pp. 69-72

[11] Radiological detector M.3 (DR-M.3), VIZ,

Belgrade, 1978.

[12] The meter of radioactive contamination M87

(MRK-M87), VIZ, Belgrade, 1989.

[13] I. Dimitrijevic, S. Mihajlovic, Detection and

dosimetry of radiation, VIZ,

Belgrade, 1982., Pp. 400-405

[14] Portable X-ray radiation meter KOMO-TN

Description with instructions for handling,

IBK "Vinca", Belgrade, 1980.

[15] I. Dimitrijevic, S. Mihajlovic, Detection and

dosimetry of radiation, VIZ,

Belgrade, 1982., Pp. 374-392

[16] P. Markovic, Ristic DJ., Mirić I., P. Miric,

Calibration of instruments for measuring

surface contamination, IBK-93, IBK "Vinca",

Belgrade, 1964.

[17] Philips data handbook, Electron tubes, Book

T6, 1986., Pp. 97-100

[18] Radiological contamination meter KOMO-

TL, Description with instructions for handling,

IBK "Vinca", Belgrade, 1985.

[19] Dose rate meter 5/6/k 6150 AD, Operating

Manual, Automess GmbH, 1995.

[20] Operating Manual, UMO LB 123, Berthold

Technologies, EGG Berthold, 1993.

[21] R. Pollanen et all, Characterisation of

projectiles composed of depleted uranium,

Journal of Environmental Radioactivity 64

(2003), pp. 133 -142

[22] Radiac Set AN / PDR - 77, Technical Manual,

New Jersey, 1995.

[23] J. Martin E. Physics for Radiation Protection,

Second Edition, Strauss GmbH,

Mörlenbach, 2006.

Page 122: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

117 http://japmnt.com/

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS

Submission of Papers

The papers should be submitted to the

editorial office in electronic form (a diskette or e-

mail) to the address [email protected] , with a

note ’’for the journal’’. Only papers that have not

been previously published or offered for

publication elsewhere can be accepted, as well as

those which meet the scientific criteria of the

Editors.

Writing the Paper

The first page should indicate the title,

academic degree, the first name, initial(s), and

surname of each author followed by his or her

department, institution, city with postcode, and

country. The fax, telephone number and Email

address of the corresponding author should also

be provided. (Font 10); the left block. If the paper

has more than one author, each author should be

given all the information contained herein.

The title should include the main idea of

the paper. It is written in the middle, upper case

letters (font size 12) and in bold- face.

Abbreviations should not be used in the title.

Subtitles are written in the middle, lower-case

letters, in bold-face and numbered in Arabic

numerals.

The abstract should contain from 100 to

250 words (font 10) and should include concisely

specified facts, and summarize the illustrated

procedures and methods of work performance.

The abstract should not contain any undefined

abbreviations or unspecified references. Citing

references in the abstract is to be avoided.

Keywords should specify up to 10 (font

10) in italics, and should indicate the main

research problem.

Text Formatting

The text should be submitted in MS Word

formatted in two columns (font size 12). All

pages of the main text should be numbered. The

work should not be less than 5 and more than 10

pages of basic text on page A4.

Papers should be submitted in Serbian

and/or English.

Citation should be given in the text, in

parentheses. It should not be formatted as

footnotes. Footnotes should be used, if necessary,

for comment and additional text.

Author's surname in brackets, when using

Harvard style citation , should also be written in

the original language and script. Certain words

and phrases can be, for scientific and professional

needs, written in the original language and script.

The names of foreign authors in the text are listed

in the transcription of the first reference to the

author or the source stating the name of the

original author in parentheses. In the next

reference to the same author, only a transcription

should be mentioned. Citation within an article

should state the author's name and the year of

publication of the source, for example (Trajkovic,

2010). Specifying more than one author in

brackets should be arranged alphabetically, not

chronologically. If there are two authors, both are

cited in brackets. If there are more than two

authors, only the surname of the first author and

the abbreviation et al are used in brackets.

Tables

All tables should be on separate pages and

accompanied by a title and footnotes where

necessary. They should only illustrate data that

are directly relevant to the thesis of the paper.

The tables should be numbered consecutively

using Arabic numerals. For each table, the title

Page 123: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

118 http://japmnt.com/

should be indicated. The title should reflect the

essence of the data in the table indicating the

given variables or the most significant relations

among the data. If it illustrates the published

material , its original source should be given in

the form of a reference at the end of the table.

Avoid overcrowding the tables and the excessive

use of words. Titles, page numbers should be

placed above the table so that the space under the

table for the legend remains. Notes are placed

under the table, and the words legend or notes are

written in italics. APA follows the rule that

vertical lines should be removed from the tables

and only the most necessary of the horizontal

ones should be retained.

Figures and illustrations

Figures and illustrations should have

legend captions that accompany the illustration.

They should uphold rather than duplicate the text,

they should be easy to read, easy to understand

and they should denote only the essential facts.

The lines should be clean and simple. The curve

and line graphs and outside edges of columns

should be thicker than the lines of the coordinate

system. The material should be scanned to record

at least 300 dpi resolutions, and it is desirable to

be of 600-1200 dpi. They should be stored in the

Text Box in Word because it is lighter in page

layout when printing. Figures and illustrations are

numbered consecutively by category to which

they belong.

Citing references in the text

According to APA standards, the basic

principle of citation in the plain text is ''one

author, one word''. If there is more than one

author, it is enough to mention the first one and

point out that the author worked with associates,

and then add the date of publication. With the

author's name it is enough to mention only a year,

and not the page, if the text is not directly quoted

or does not include information which should be

linked to the page. When a paper has two authors,

always cite both names and years of birth, and

surnames with a conjunction between them. If

there are three, four or five authors, always first

list all the names, and then just write the name of

the first and add ''et al''. When a paper has six or

more authors, cite only the first author in the

plain text and then add text and'' associates''.

Reference

List of references (font 10) should only

contain works that are cited in the text, which

have been published or accepted for publication.

The list of references should not contain any

source that is not used in the paper. Headlines of

foreign publications should be given with an

initial capital letter while the rest is in lowercase

letters. If the paper has a subtitle, it is separated

from the title by two points, and begins with a

capital letter.

The list of references at the end of the

paper is to be given in alphabetical order

according to APA standards and follow the

principle '' author - publication year '':

The bibliographic unit should contain the

last name and initials, the year of publication, the

title of the book (in italics), the place of

publication and the publisher, for example:

Trajkovic, P. (2010): Management,

Vranje, Mapro

An article in a journal should include the

last name and initials ot the author, the year of

publication in parentheses, the title of the paper,

full name of the journal (in italics), volume (in

italics) and the page.

The names of journals in English are

written with initial capital letters of the words,

except for conjunctions.

When it comes to the web document, we

should write the author's name, year, document

title (in italics), the date the site was visited and

the Internet address of the website, for example:

If one author is stated several times, the

year of reference is to be followed. If several

Page 124: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

119 http://japmnt.com/

papers by the same author in the same year are

stated, they should be marked with letters a, b, c:

(1997a, 1997b).

Acknowledgments

This section includes appreciation,

recognition of a number of people who

contributed to the realization of the paper or the

organization that provided financial support for

the project.

Evaluation of submitted papers

All the papers having been reviewed and

ranked, the editorial staff makes a decision

whether they will be published or not. Based on

the review, the editor decides on the acceptance

and publication of the paper, and then informs the

author. Attachments, floppy disks or CDs will not

be returned or paid for. Papers that are not

submitted in accordance with these propositions

will not be considered for publication

Page 125: JPMNT Volume 1 Issue 1 2013

(JPMNT) Journal of Process Management – New Technologies,

Vol. 1, No.1, 2013.

120 http://japmnt.com/

SPONSORS